मंगलवार 7 नवंबर 1995 की अव्यक्त मुरली

ध्यान दें: वाक्यों का संरेखण अक्षरों की संख्या पर आधारित है और पूरी तरह विश्वसनीय नहीं है।

आप पूरी मुरली या उसके किसी भाग का वाक्य संरेखण स्वयं सुधार सकते हैं।

पठन उपकरण

प्रदर्शन

हिंदी को ISO 15919 पर आधारित अनुकूलित लिप्यंतरण के साथ रोमन अक्षरों में भी दिखाया जाता है।

लिप्यंतरण कैसे पढ़ें

यह साइट ISO 15919 पर आधारित लिप्यंतरण का प्रयोग करती है। पढ़ना आसान बनाने के लिए c, ś और ṣ के बाद h तथा स्वर r̥ के बाद i जोड़ा जाता है। इन बदलावों से यह भारत में प्रयुक्त हंटरियन प्रणाली के करीब आता है, जबकि ISO 15919 के विशिष्ट चिह्न बने रहते हैं।

इस साइट पर किए गए बदलाव
ISO 15919इस साइट पर
cch
śśh
ṣṣh
r̥r̥i

पढ़ने के कुछ संकेत:

  • ā, ī, ū: अक्षर के ऊपर की रेखा दीर्घ स्वर दर्शाती है।
  • ṭ, ḍ, ṇ: नीचे का बिंदु मूर्धन्य व्यंजनों को t, d, n से अलग करता है।
  • स्वर के ऊपर टिल्ड चिह्न अनुनासिक उच्चारण दर्शाता है।

हिंदी या रोमन अक्षरों में शब्द लिखें और सुझाव चुनें। आप कई मूल शब्द जोड़ सकते हैं।
प्रयुक्त संक्षेप
  • 1 प्रथम पुरुष
  • 2 द्वितीय पुरुष
  • 2hon आदरसूचक द्वितीय पुरुष
  • 3 तृतीय पुरुष
  • abs. पूर्वकालिक क्रिया
  • adj. विशेषण
  • adv. क्रियाविशेषण
  • conj. समुच्चयबोधक
  • d. सीधा कारक
  • f. स्त्रीलिंग
  • fut. भविष्यकाल
  • hab-past. अभ्यस्त भूतकाल
  • imp. आज्ञार्थक
  • inf. क्रिया का सामान्य रूप
  • inf+chāhnā करना चाहना
  • inf+dēnā करने देना
  • inf+lagnā करने लगना
  • inf+pānā कर पाना
  • interj. विस्मयादिबोधक
  • m. पुल्लिंग
  • n. संज्ञा
  • neg. निषेध
  • o. तिर्यक कारक
  • oblig1 होना के साथ अनिवार्यता
  • oblig2 पड़ना के साथ अनिवार्यता
  • oblig3 चाहिए के साथ अनिवार्यता
  • opt. इच्छार्थक
  • p. निपात
  • past. भूतकाल
  • past-part. भूतकालिक कृदंत
  • past-perf. पूर्ण भूतकाल
  • passive कर्मवाच्य या भाववाच्य
  • pl. बहुवचन
  • pres. वर्तमानकाल
  • pres-part. वर्तमान कृदंत
  • pres-part+ānā पहले से अब तक जारी क्रिया
  • pres-part+bannā किया जा सकना
  • pres-part+jānā क्रमशः जारी क्रिया
  • pres-part+rahnā आदतन जारी क्रिया
  • pres-perf. पूर्ण वर्तमानकाल
  • pn. सर्वनाम
  • postp. परसर्ग
  • prep. पूर्वसर्ग
  • prog. जारी क्रिया
  • root धातु
  • sg. एकवचन
हिंदी और विश्लेषण अंग्रेज़ी अनुवाद
0> 07-11-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन> 07-11-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban> 07-11-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x> 07-11-95 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 07-11-1995 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

1‘ ‘ बापदादा की विशेष पसन्दगी और ज्ञान का फाउण्डेशन - पवित्रता ’ ’‘ ‘ bāpdādā key|kī viśhēṣh pasandgī aur gyān kā foundation - pavitratā ’ ’‘ ‘ bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] pasandgī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation - pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] ’ ’‘ ‘ BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) special x and knowledge of foundation - purity ’ ’

1BapDada's special preference and the foundation of knowledge is purity.

2आज प्यार के सागर बापदादा अपने प्यार के स्वरूप बच्चों से मिलने आये हैं . āj pyār K|kē sāgar bāpdādā apnē pyār K|kē svarūp bachchō̃ sē milnē āyē haĩ . āj pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāgar[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today love (K|of) ocean BapDada one’s own love (K|of) form child from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

2Today, BapDada, the Ocean of Love, has come to meet His children who are the embodiment of love.

3सभी बच्चों के अन्दर बाप का प्यार समाया हुआ है . sabhī bachchō̃ K|kē andar bāp kā pyār samāyā huā hai . sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . all child (K|of) inside father of love merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

3The Father's love is merged in all the children.

4प्यार सभी बच्चों को दूर से समीप ले आता है . pyār sabhī bachchō̃ kō dūr sē samīp lē ātā hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . love all child to distant from close take[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .

4Love brings all the children close from being far away.

5भक्त आत्मा थे तो बाप से कितना दूर थे . bhakta ātmā thē tō bāp sē kitnā dūr thē . bhakt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.pl] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[past.pl] . devotee soul be[past.pl] then father from so distant be[past.pl] .

5When you were bhagat souls, you were so far away from the Father.

6इसलिए चारों ओर ढूंढते रहते थे और अभी इतना समीप हो जो हर एक बच्चा निश्चय और फ़लक से कहते हैं कि मेरा बाबा मेरे साथ है . isliē chārō̃ ōr ḍhūṇḍhtē rahtē thē aur abhī itnā samīp hō jō har ēk bachchā niśhchay aur falak sē kahtē haĩ ki mērā bābā mērē sāth hai . isliē chārō̃ ōr[x] ḍhūṇḍhnā[hab-past.pl.m..pres-part+rahnā] aur ab[adv.hī] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . therefore everywhere discover[hab-past.pl.m..pres-part+rahnā] and now such close (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that each one child faith and sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kā] Baba I[.kē] with be[pres.sg.23] .

6This is why you were searching for Him everywhere; are you still searching for Him now? 7You are so close that each child says with sparkle and intoxication: My Baba is with me.

7साथ है या ढूँढना पड़ता है - इस तरफ है , उस तरफ है  ? sāth hai yā ḍhūṇḍhnā paṛtā hai - is taraph hai , us taraph hai  ? sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā ḍhūṇḍhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] - yah[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? with be[pres.sg.23] or discover[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] - this direction be[pres.sg.23] , that direction be[pres.sg.23]  ?

8Is He with you or do you have to search for Him, wondering if He is in this direction or that direction?

8तो कितना समीप हो गया  ! tō kitnā samīp hō gayā  ! tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  ! then so close be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]  !

9You are very close to Him.

9कोई भी पूछे परमात्मा कहाँ है  ? kōī bhī pūchhē paramātmā kahā̃ hai  ? kōī bhī[x] pūchhnā[opt.sg.23]|pūchhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? anyone (ask[opt.sg.23]|ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) Supreme Soul where be[pres.sg.23]  ?

10If anyone asks you where God is, what would you say?

10तो क्या कहेंगे  ? tō kyā kahē̃gē  ? tō kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

11He is with me.

11मेरे साथ है . mērē sāth hai . maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . I[.kē] with be[pres.sg.23] .

12Would those sitting at the back also say this?

12फ़लक से कहेंगे कि अब तो बाप भी मेरे बिना रह नहीं सकता . falak sē kahē̃gē ki ab tō bāp bhī mērē binā rah nahī̃ saktā . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] binā rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . sparkle of intoxication from say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that now then father too I[.kē] without remain[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

13You would say with a sparkle: Even the Father cannot remain without me.

13तो इतने समीप , साथी बन गये हो . tō itnē samīp , sāthī ban gayē hō . tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . then such close , companion become[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .

14Can He stay without you?

14आप भी एक सेकण्ड भी बाप के बिना नहीं रह सकते हो . āp bhī ēk second bhī bāp K|kē binā nahī̃ rah saktē hō . āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . you too one second too father (K|of) without not remain[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

15So you have become very close. 16You have become companions.

15लेकिन जब माया आती है तब कौन साथ होता है  ? lēkin jab māyā ātī hai tab kaun sāth hōtā hai  ? lēkin jab māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tab kaun[pn.;d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? but when Maya come[pres.sg.f.23] for only then who with be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

17You too cannot stay without the Father for even one second.

16उस समय बाप अगर साथ है तो माया आ सकती है  ? us samay bāp agar sāth hai tō māyā ā saktī hai  ? vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? that time father if with be[pres.sg.23] then Maya come[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

18You cannot stay without Him. 19What happens when Maya comes?

17लेकिन न चाहते भी बीच-बीच में बच्चे बाप से आंख मिचौली का खेल कर देते हैं . lēkin na chāhtē bhī bīch-bīch mē̃ bachchē bāp sē āṅkh micaulī kā khēl kar dētē haĩ . lēkin na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] bīch-bīch mē̃[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . but not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too Every now and then child father from eye x of (play[root]|play) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

20Who is with you at that time? 21If the Father is with you, could Maya come to you at that time?

18बापदादा बच्चों का यह खेल भी देखते रहते हैं कि बच्चे एक तरफ कह रहे हैं मेरा बाबा , मेरा बाबा और दूसरे तरफ किनारा भी कर लेते हैं . bāpdādā bachchō̃ kā yah khēl bhī dēkhtē rahtē haĩ ki bachchē ēk taraph kah rahē haĩ mērā bābā , mērā bābā aur dūsrē taraph kinārā bhī kar lētē haĩ . bāpdādā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ēk taraph[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur dūsrē taraph[x] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . BapDada child of this (play[root]|play) too see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that child x say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] I[.kā] Baba , I[.kā] Baba and x x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

22The children don't wish it, but every now and then, against their conscious wish, they play the game of hide­and­seek with the Father. 23Their eyes become closed against seeing the Father and they remain open to see Maya.

19अगर अभी यहाँ ऐसे किनारा करेंगे तो आपको देख नहीं सकेंगे ना . agar abhī yahā̃ aisē kinārā karē̃gē tō āpkō dēkh nahī̃ sakē̃gē nā . agar ab[adv.hī] yahā̃ aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . if now here such x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you[.kō] see[root] not can[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

24So, do you play the game of hide­and­seek? 25Do you play it sometimes? 26You do play it sometimes, do you not?

20तो आप भी माया की तरफ़ ऐसे कर लेते हो . tō āp bhī māyā key|kī taraf aisē kar lētē hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . then you too Maya (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction such do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] .

27You are not disagreeing. 28Do you not play this game?

21बाप को देखने की दृष्टि बन्द हो जाती है और माया को देखने की दृष्टि खुल जाती है . bāp kō dēkhnē key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi band hō jātī hai aur māyā kō dēkhnē key|kī dr̥iṣhṭi khul jātī hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] band[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] khulnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . father to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti closed be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] and Maya to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) drishti open up[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

29However, Baba is still merciful towards the children and makes you move away from Maya in one way or another. 30Maya makes you unconscious and Baba makes you conscious, saying: You are Mine.

22तो आंख मिचौली खेल कभी-कभी खेलते हो  ? tō āṅkh micaulī khēl kabhī-kabhī khēltē hō  ? tō āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] x khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] khēlnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then eye x (play[root]|play) ever play[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

31He enables the closed eye to open with the magic of remembrance.

23बाप फिर भी बच्चों के ऊपर रहमदिल बन माया से किसी भी ढंग से किनारा करा लेता है . bāp phir bhī bachchō̃ kē ūpar merciful ban māyā sē kisī bhī ḍhaṅg sē kinārā karā lētā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir bhī[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] merciful ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . father nevertheless child over merciful (x|become[root]) Maya from (some|anything) too way from x make commit[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] .

32However, Baba sees that, on one side, you say, "My Baba, my Baba", and on the other side, you step away from Him.

24वो बेहोश करती और बाप होश में लाता है कि तुम मेरे हो . vō bēhōśh kartī aur bāp hōśh mē̃ lātā hai ki tum mērē hō . vah[pn.;d.] bēhōśh[adj.] karnā[pres-part.f.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] tum mērē hō[x] . that x do[pres-part.f.] and father x in x[pres.sg.m.23] that x .

33If you step away from here in this way now, would the Father be able to see you?

25बन्द आंख याद के जादू से खोल देते हैं . band āṅkh yād K|kē jādū sē khōl dētē haĩ . band[adj.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jādū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . closed eye remembrance (K|of) magic from open[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

34He would not, would He? 35But this is what you do.

26बापदादा पूछते हैं कि सभी का प्यार कितने परसेन्ट में है  ? bāpdādā pūchhtē haĩ ki sabhī kā pyār kitnē percent mē̃ hai  ? bāpdādā pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] percent mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? BapDada ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that all of love so % in be[pres.sg.23]  ?

36You move towards Maya's side. 37So BapDada continues to observe the games of the children.

27तो सभी कहते हैं -100 परसेन्ट से भी ज्यादा है . tō sabhī kahtē haĩ -100 percent sē bhī jyādā hai . tō sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] -100 percent sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] -100 % from too more be[pres.sg.23] .

38BapDada is asking: What percentage of love do all the children have? 39What do all of you say?

28पद्मगुणा प्यार है . padmaguṇā pyār hai . padamguṇā pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . multimillion-fold love be[pres.sg.23] .

40It is greater than one hundred per cent.

29ऐसा कहते हो ना  ? aisā kahtē hō nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? such say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

41Is it truly that or did you applaud just for the sake of it? 42All of you say that your love is greater than one hundred per cent, that it is multimillion­fold love. 43Do you say this? 44Achcha, those who have less love, those who have less than multimillion­fold, that is, those who have a million­fold, a hundred thousand­fold, a thousand­fold, a hundred­fold, those who have less than multimillion­fold, raise your hands!

30अच्छा जिसका पद्मगुणा से कम है , करोड़ है , लाख है , हज़ार है , सौ है , वो हाथ उठाओ . achchhā jiskā padmaguṇā sē cum|kam hai , krōṛ hai , lākh hai , hazār hai , sau hai , vō hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.sg.kā] padamguṇā sē[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , krōṛ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lākh[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hazār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sau[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha that[.kā] multimillion-fold from (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] , 10 million be[pres.sg.23] , 100,000 be[pres.sg.23] , 1000 be[pres.sg.23] , hundred be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .

45Those who have less love, raise your hand! 46Are those sitting at the back able to hear Baba?

31 ( कोई ने नहीं उठाया ) अच्छा , सभी पक्के हैं  ! ( kōī nē nahī̃ uṭhāyā ) achchhā , sabhī pakkē haĩ  ! ( kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ! ( some ∅ not uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) achcha , all firm be[pres.pl.12hon3]  !

47Achcha, are all of you firm in this? 48BapDada will ask you another question.

32बापदादा फिर दूसरा क्वेश्चन करेंगे , फिर नहीं बदलना . bāpdādā phir dūsrā question karē̃gē , phir nahī̃ badalnā . bāpdādā phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] question karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] nahī̃[neg] badalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada (then|turn[root]) other question do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , (then|turn[root]) not change[inf.m.sg.d.] .

49Achcha, those of you who say that you have multimillion­fold love, raise your hands!

33अच्छा , ये तो बहुत खुशखबरी सुनाई कि पद्मगुणा प्यार है . achchhā , yē tō bahut khuśhkhabarī sunāī ki padmaguṇā pyār hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō bahut khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] padamguṇā pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , this then very good news speak[past-part.f.] that multimillion-fold love be[pres.sg.23] .

50Just be careful; Baba is speaking of multimillion­fold love.

34अभी बाप पूछते हैं कि प्यार का सबूत क्या होता है  ? abhī bāp pūchhtē haĩ ki pyār kā sabūt kyā hōtā hai  ? ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? now father ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that love of x what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

51Achcha, double­foreigners, speak! 52Do you have multimillion­fold love?

35 ( समान बनना ) तो समान बने हो  ? ( samān bannā ) tō samān banē hō  ? ( samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] ) tō samān[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2]  ? ( equal become[inf.m.sg.d.] ) then equal become[pres-perf.pl.m.2]  ?

53Do you have multimillion­fold love?

36 ( नहीं ) फिर पद्मगुणा से तो कम हो गया . ( nahī̃ ) phir padmaguṇā sē tō kam hō gayā . ( nahī̃[neg] ) phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] padamguṇā sē[postp.] tō kam hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . ( not ) (then|turn[root]) multimillion-fold from then decrease .

54Achcha, are you sure about this? 55Do not change afterwards.

37आप सभी कहेंगे कि अभी सम्पूर्ण बनने में थोड़ा-सा टाइम पड़ा है इसलिए हो जायेंगे - ऐसे  ? āp sabhī kahē̃gē ki abhī sampūrṇ bannē mē̃ thōṛā-sā time paṛā hai isliē hō jāyēṅgē - aisē  ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] sampūrṇ[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] isliē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] - aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? you all say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that now complete become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in a small amount of time fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] therefore be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] - such  ?

56Did any of you not raise your hand with everyone else because of being ashamed? 57Achcha, just be careful though.

38लेकिन अगर प्यार वाला कहता है कि तुम प्यार के पीछे जान कुर्बान कर लो तो वो जान देने के लिए भी तैयार होते हैं . lēkin agar pyār vālā kahtā hai ki tum pyār kē pīchhē jān kurbān kar lō tō vō jān dēnē kē liē bhī taiyār hōtē haĩ . lēkin agar pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] tum[pn.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kurbān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō vah[pn.;d.] jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but if love those who say[pres.sg.m.23] that you love x (know[root]|x) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then that (know[root]|x) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] for too x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

58Even those sitting down below (in the other hall) are raising their hands. 59It must be the Madhuban niwasis sitting down below. 60So, Madhuban niwasis, do you have multimillion­fold love?

39बापदादा जान तो लेते नहीं हैं क्योंकि जान से तो सेवा करनी है . bāpdādā jān tō lētē nahī̃ haĩ kyōṅki jān sē tō sēvā karnī hai . bāpdādā jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . BapDada (know[root]|x) then take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] because (know[root]|x) from then service do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

61Do those from Gyan Sarovar have multimillion­fold love? 62Achcha, it is very good news that you have multimillion­fold love.

40लेकिन एक बात पर बापदादा को थोड़े समय के लिए आश्चर्य करना पड़ता है . lēkin ēk bāt par bāpdādā kō thōṛē samay kē liē āśhcharya karnā paṛtā hai . lēkin ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . but one matter (at|other) BapDada to short time for amazement do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

63Achcha, now Baba is asking: What is the proof of your love? 64To become equal. 65So have you become this? 66(No.)

41आश्चर्य करना नहीं चाहिए , वो तो आपको भी कहते हैं , लेकिन बापदादा को आश्चर्य करना पड़ता है , पार्ट बजाते हैं . āśhcharya karnā nahī̃ chāhiē , vō tō āpkō bhī kahtē haĩ , lēkin bāpdādā kō āśhcharya karnā paṛtā hai , part bajātē haĩ . āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]|chāhiē , vah[pn.;d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin bāpdādā kō[postp.] āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , part bajānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . amazement do[inf.m.sg.d.] not (x[imp.pl.2hon]|should) , that then you[.kō] too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but BapDada to amazement do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] , play one's part .

67So this is less than multimillion­fold love. 68O.K., you might say that there is still time left to become complete, and that you will accomplish this by then. 69Is this what you think?

42जान कुर्बान छोड़ो लेकिन प्यार की निशानी है न्योछावर होना , जो कहे वो करना . jān kurbān chhōṛō lēkin pyār key|kī niśhānī hai nyōchhāvar hōnā , jō kahē vō karnā . jānnā[root]|jān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kurbān[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[opt.sg.23]|kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.;d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (know[root]|x) x renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but love (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign be[pres.sg.23] gift be[inf.m.sg.d.] , that (say[opt.sg.23]|say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

70However, out of love, when someone who has love for another asks the other to sacrifice his life, he will be ready to do that.

43तो बाप सिर्फ एक बात में न्योछावर होना देखना चाहते हैं . tō bāp sirph ēk bāt mē̃ nyōchhāvar hōnā dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] . then father only one matter in gift be[inf.m.sg.d.] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] .

71Because of love, one is even ready to give one's life. 72Are you ready to do this?

44बातें अनेक हैं , लेकिन बाप अनेक को नहीं लेते सिर्फ एक बात में न्योछावर होना है . bātē̃ anēk haĩ , lēkin bāp anēk kō nahī̃ lētē sirph ēk bāt mē̃ nyōchhāvar hōnā hai . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] anēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . matter many be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but father many to not take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only one matter in gift be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

73BapDada does not take anyone's life, because you have to do service with your life. 74However, BapDada is amazed about one aspect, even if only for a short while.

45उसके लिए हाथ उठा लेते हैं , प्रतिज्ञा भी कर लेते हैं लेकिन प्रतिज्ञा करने के बाद भी करते रहते हैं वो क्या  ? uskē liē hāth uṭhā lētē haĩ , pratigyā bhī kar lētē haĩ lēkin pratigyā karnē kē bād bhī kartē rahtē haĩ vō kyā  ? uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] , pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] lēkin pratigyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bād[x] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] vah[pn.;d.] kyā  ? of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) raise your hands , x too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] but x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] after too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] that what  ?

75You are told that you should not become amazed, but even BapDada is amazed! 76He has to play His part. 77Never mind about sacrificing your life, the sign of love is to surrender yourself completely.

46हर एक स्वयं समझते हैं कि मेरा बार-बार बाप से किनारा होने का मूल संस्कार या मूल कमज़ोरी क्या है . har ēk svayã samajhtē haĩ ki mērā bār-bār bāp sē kinārā hōnē kā mūl saṅskār yā mūl kamzōrī kyā hai . har ēk[x] svayã samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bār[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] yā mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one x understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kā] time father from x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of main sanskar or main weakness what be[pres.sg.23] .

78To do whatever you are told is known as surrendering yourself. 79Baba says that He only wishes to see you surrender yourselves in one aspect.

47हर एक अपनी मूल कमज़ोरी को जानते हो ना  ? har ēk apnī mūl kamzōrī kō jāntē hō nā  ? har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ? each one one’s own main weakness to know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ?

80There are many aspects, but Baba is not looking at the many aspects; He has put those to one side. 81He has put aside the question of surrendering one's life and also of all those many aspects, but Baba is asking about surrendering yourself in one aspect. 82You raise your hand for this, you even make a promise, but what is it that you still continue to do even after having made a promise to Baba? 83Do each of you understand what your main sanskar or main weakness is which makes you move away from the Father, again and again?

48तो वो कमज़ोरी जानते हुए भी न्योछावर क्यों नहीं करते हो  ? tō vō kamzōrī jāntē huē bhī nyōchhāvar kyō̃ nahī̃ kartē hō  ? tō vah[pn.;d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? then that weakness know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too gift why not do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

84Each of you knows this. 85Do each of you know your main weakness? 86You are not saying yes to this.

4963 जन्म की साथी है इसीलिए उससे प्यार है  ? 63 janm key|kī sāthī hai isīliē ussē pyār hai  ? 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē vah[pn.sg.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? 63 (life|be born[root]) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) companion be[pres.sg.23] x that[.sē] love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

87Perhaps it is because you will be caught out. 88Do you know about it?

50प्यार का अर्थ ही है जो प्यार वाला पसन्द करे वो करना . pyār kā arth|earth hī hai jō pyār vālā pasand karē vō karnā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . love of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] that love those who love do[opt.sg.23] that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

89Do the Pandavs know it? 90Do those sitting at the back know it? 91Do the mothers know it? 92Do the teachers know it?

51अगर मानो प्यार करने वाला एक बात कहता है और वो दूसरा कुछ करते हैं तो क्या हो जाता है  ? agar mānō pyār karnē vālā ēk bāt kahtā hai aur vō dūsrā kuchh kartē haĩ tō kyā hō jātā hai  ? agar mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur vah[pn.;d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? if x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] love do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who one matter say[pres.sg.m.23] and that other anything do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then what be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ?

93Or, is it that the students know it and the teachers don't? 94It is not that, in this aspect, the students are knowledge­full and the teachers are not, is it?

52प्यार होता है या झगड़ा होता है  ? pyār hōtā hai yā jhagaṛā|jhagṛā hōtā hai  ? pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā jhagaṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jhagṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? love be[pres.sg.m.23] or (quarrel[past-part.m.sg.d.]|quarrelling) be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

95It is not like that. 96You also know it.

53उस समय प्यार कहेंगे कि अच्छी तरह से लाठी उठाकर एक-दो को लगायेंगे  ? us samay pyār kahē̃gē ki achchhī tarah sē lāṭhī uṭhākar ēk-dō kō lagāyēṅgē  ? vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] lāṭhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] uṭhānā[abs.] ēk-dō kō[postp.] lagānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? that time love say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that achcha x from stick uplift[abs.] one another to attach[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

97All teachers sitting at the front; do you know your weaknesses? 98Do you know them very well?

54तो बाप को क्या पसन्द है  ? tō bāp kō kyā pasand hai  ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyā pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then father to what love be[pres.sg.23]  ?

99Baba is seeing that all of you are saying yes.

55बापदादा कहते हैं कि समान बनने में तो कई बातें हैं . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki samān bannē mē̃ tō kaī bātē̃ haĩ . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] samān[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō kaī bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that equal become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then some matter be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

100So, whilst knowing about this weakness, why do you not surrender it?

56ब्रह्मा बाप की विशेषताएं देखो और ब्रह्मा बाप समान ही बनना है तो कितनी बड़ी लिस्ट है  ! brahmā bāp key|kī viśēṣatāē̃ dēkhō aur brahmā bāp samān hī bannā hai tō kitnī baṛī list hai  ! brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] hī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! Brahma father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and Brahma equal to the Father only become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then so very list be[pres.sg.23]  !

101You have love for it. 102It has been your companion for sixty­ three births and this is why you love it. 103Is this so?

57उसके लिए भी बापदादा कहते हैं चलो कोई बात नहीं . uskē liē bhī bāpdādā kahtē haĩ chalō kōī bāt nahī̃ . uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē bhī[p.] bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . of that[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) too BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] some matter not .

104Love means to do everything that the one you have love for likes.

58एक-दो बात कम है तो भी हर्जा नहीं . ēk-dō bāt cum|kam hai tō bhī harjā nahī̃ . ēk-dō bāt[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bhī[x] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . one another matter (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] ∅ x not .

105Is it like this? 106Or, are you not able to do this?

59लेकिन जो मूल फाउण्डेशन है , जो ब्रह्मा बाप वा ज्ञान का आधार है वो क्या है  ? lēkin jō mūl foundation hai , jō brahmā bāp vā gyān kā ādhār hai vō kyā hai  ? lēkin jō[pn.;d.] mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? but that main foundation be[pres.sg.23] , that Brahma father or knowledge of basis be[pres.sg.23] that what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

107For instance, when someone has love for another and one of them says one thing and the other one does not do that, but does something else, what happens then?

60ब्रह्मा बाबा शिव बाप की विशेष पसन्दगी क्या है  ? brahmā bābā śhiv bāp key|kī viśhēṣh pasandgī kyā hai  ? brahmā bābā[x] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] pasandgī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x Shiva father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) special x what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

108Is there love then or would a battle take place? 109Would you call it love at that time?

61 ( पवित्रता , अन्तर्मुखता , निश्चयबुद्धि , सच्चाई-सफाई ) . ( pavitratā , antarmukhtā , niśhchaybuddhi , saccāī-saphāī ) . ( pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] , antarmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] , niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , x ) . ( purity , x , intellect with faith , x ) .

110Or, would each one take a stick to the other? 111So what does the Father like?

62वास्तव में फाउण्डेशन है - पवित्रता . vāstav mē̃ foundation hai - pavitratā . vāstav mē̃[x] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] - pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] . x foundation be[pres.sg.23] - purity .

112BapDada says that in becoming equal, there are many aspects.

63लेकिन पवित्रता की परिभाषा बहुत गुह्य है . lēkin pavitratā key|kī paribhāṣhā bahut guhya hai . lēkin pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] bahut guhya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x very deep be[pres.sg.23] .

113Look at the specialities of father Brahma, and since you have to become the same as father Brahma, the list is such a long list!

64पवित्रता जहाँ होगी वहाँ निश्चय , सच्चाई-सफ़ाई , ये सब आ जाता है . pavitratā jahā̃ hōgī vahā̃ niśhchay , saccāī-safāī , yē sab ā jātā hai . pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] jahā̃ hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] vahā̃ niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x , yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adj.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . purity where there be[fut.f.sg.23] there faith , x , this all come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

114You have a list, do you not? 115For that also, BapDada says: O.K., it doesn't matter that much.

65लेकिन बापदादा देखते हैं कि पवित्रता की गुह्य भाषा , पवित्रता का गुह्य रहस्य अभी बुद्धि में पूरा स्पष्ट नहीं है . lēkin bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki pavitratā key|kī guhya bhāṣhā , pavitratā kā guhya rahasya abhī buddhi mē̃ pūrā spaṣhṭ nahī̃ hai . lēkin bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] guhya[adj.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] guhya[adj.] rahasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) deep language , purity of deep significance now intellect in full clearly not be[pres.sg.23] .

116If you are lacking one or two things, it doesn't matter so much. 117However, what is the main foundation of father Brahma or the foundation of knowledge? 118Put aside the long list for now.

66व्यर्थ संकल्प चलना या चलाना , अपने अन्दर भी चलता है और दूसरों को भी चलाने के निमित्त बनते हैं . vyarth saṅkalp chalnā yā chalānā , apnē andar bhī chaltā hai aur dūsrō̃ kō bhī chalānē kē nimitt bantē haĩ . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . wasteful thought continue[inf.m.sg.d.] or x[inf.m.sg.d.] , one’s own inside too continue[pres.sg.m.23] and other to too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] x become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

119What is just the one aspect which is the foundation of knowledge and the special preference of father Brahma and Shiv Baba? 120Speak!

67तो व्यर्थ संकल्प - क्या ये पवित्रता है  ? tō vyarth saṅkalp - kyā yē pavitratā hai  ? tō vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] - kyā yah[pn.pl.d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then wasteful thought - what this purity be[pres.sg.23]  ?

121(Purity, introversion, faithful intellect, honesty and cleanliness.) 122Dadis, speak!

68तो फिर संकल्प की पवित्रता का रहस्य सभी को प्रैक्टिकल में लाना चाहिए ना . tō phir saṅkalp key|kī pavitratā kā rahasya sabhī kō practical mē̃ lānā chāhiē nā . tō phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahasya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lānā[.oblig3] nā . then (then|turn[root]) thought (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) purity of significance all to practical in (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) ∅ .

123(Surrender.) 124Everything is included within surrender. 125You have given such a huge reply. 126Do not make them do that much.

69वैसे देखा जाये तो पांचों ही विकार , चाहे काम हो , चाहे मोह हो , सबसे नम्बरवन है काम और लास्ट में है मोह . vaisē dēkhā jāyē tō pāñchō̃ hī vikār , chāhē kām hō , chāhē mōh hō , sabsē number one hai kām aur last mē̃ hai mōh . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] tō pāñchō̃[adj.] hī[p.] vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mōh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sabsē number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur last mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mōh[n.f.;sg.] . x see[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] then x only vice , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) (task|lust) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) attachment (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , the most number one be[pres.sg.23] (task|lust) and last in be[pres.sg.23] attachment .

127Because you have surrendered yourself, you also think others should also surrender in the same way. 128What you said is good anyway. 129In fact, the foundation is purity. 130However, the definition of purity is very deep.

70लेकिन कोई भी विकार जब आता है तो पहले संकल्प में आता है . lēkin kōī bhī vikār jab ātā hai tō pahlē saṅkalp mē̃ ātā hai . lēkin kōī bhī[x] vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jab ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . but anyone vice when come[pres.sg.m.23] then (x|firstly) thought in come[pres.sg.m.23] .

131Where there is purity, all the things that you all spoke about ­ having a faithful intellect, honesty and cleanliness etc. ­ all these things are included in that. 132However, BapDada sees that the deep definition or significance of purity is not very clear in your intellect. 133To have waste thoughts or to enable waste thoughts to be created, to have waste thoughts yourself or to be an instrument to create waste thoughts in others; is it purity to have these waste thoughts? 134Are waste thoughts purity?

71व्यर्थ संकल्प क्रोध भी पैदा करता है तो काम अर्थात् व्यर्थ दृष्टि , किसी आत्मा के प्रति अगर व्यर्थ दृष्टि भी जाती है तो उस समय पवित्रता नहीं मानी जायेगी . vyarth saṅkalp krōdh bhī paidā kartā hai tō kām arthāt vyarth dr̥iṣhṭi , kisī ātmā kē prati agar vyarth dr̥iṣhṭi bhī jātī hai tō us samay pavitratā nahī̃ mānī jāyēgī . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] , kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] agar vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] mānnā[fut.f.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|mānnā[fut.f.sg.23.passive] . wasteful thought anger too born do[pres.sg.m.23] then (task|lust) that is wasteful drishti , (some|anything) soul for if wasteful drishti too go[pres.sg.f.23] then that time purity not (x[fut.f.sg.23.past-part+jānā]|x[fut.f.sg.23.passive]) .

135So all of you should put the significance of purity in thoughts into practice. 136If you examine it, out of all the five vices, from lust lust to attachment ­ the first vice is lust and the last is attachment, when any vice comes, where does it first come? 137It first enters your thoughts, does it not? 138Or, does it come in your actions first?

72तो यह व्यर्थ संकल्प बाप के प्यार के पीछे न्योछावर क्यों नहीं करते  ? tō yah vyarth saṅkalp bāp K|kē pyār kē pīchhē nyōchhāvar kyō̃ nahī̃ kartē  ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? then this wasteful thought father (K|of) love x gift why not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

139It first comes in your thoughts. 140Would you not call those thoughts waste thoughts? 141You would. 142Anger also creates waste thoughts.

73कर सकते हो  ? kar saktē hō  ? karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

143Lust means to have wasteful vision.

74 ( हाँ जी ) हाँ जी कहना बहुत सहज है . ( hā̃ jī ) hā̃ jī kahnā bahut sahaj hai . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) hā̃ jī[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( yes ) yes say[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy be[pres.sg.23] .

144If you have wasteful vision towards any soul, would that be accepted as purity?

75लेकिन बापदादा के पास तो सबका चार्ट रहता है ना . lēkin bāpdādā kē pās tō sabkā chart rahtā hai nā . lēkin bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . but BapDada to then everyone's chart remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

145It would not. 146So, why do you not surrender your waste thoughts out of love for the Father? 147Are you able to do this?

76अभी तक पांच ही विकारों के व्यर्थ संकल्प मैजारिटी के चलते हैं . abhī tak pāñch hī vikārō̃ K|kē vyarth saṅkalp majority K|kē chaltē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] tak pañch[adj.] hī[p.] vikār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] majority K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now until five only vice (K|of) wasteful thought majority (K|of) continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

148It is very easy to say, "Ha ji". 149However, BapDada has everyone's chart. 150Even now, the majority of you have waste thoughts based on the five vices, no matter what vice it is.

77फिर चाहे कोई भी विकार हो . phir chāhē kōī bhī vikār hō . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī bhī[x] vikār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (then|turn[root]) (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) anyone vice (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

151"Why is this like this? 152Why is it like that?

78ये क्यों , ये क्या , ऐसा होना नहीं चाहिए , ऐसा होना चाहिए … या कॉमन बात बापदादा सुनाते हैं कि ज्ञानी आत्माओं में या तो अपने गुण का , अपनी विशेषता का अभिमान आता है या तो जितना आगे बढ़ते हैं उतना अपनी किसी भी बात में कमी को देख करके , कमी अपने पुरूषार्थ की नहीं लेकिन नाम में , मान में , शान में , पूछने में , आगे आने में , सेन्टर इन्चार्ज बनाने में , सेवा में , विशेष पार्ट देने में - ये कमी , ये व्यर्थ संकल्प भी विशेष ज्ञानी आत्माओं के लिए बहुत नुकसान करता है . yē kyō̃ , yē kyā , aisā hōnā nahī̃ chāhiē , aisā hōnā chāhiē … yā common bāt bāpdādā sunātē haĩ ki gyānī ātmāō̃ mē̃ yā tō apnē guṇ kā , apnī viśhēṣhtā kā abhimān ātā hai yā tō jitnā āgē baṛhtē haĩ utnā apnī kisī bhī bāt mē̃ kamī kō dēkh karkē , kamī apnē purūṣhārth key|kī nahī̃ lēkin nām mē̃ , mān mē̃ , śhān mē̃ , pūchhnē mē̃ , āgē ānē mē̃ , centre incharge banānē mē̃ , sēvā mē̃ , viśhēṣh part dēnē mē̃ - yē kamī , yē vyarth saṅkalp bhī viśhēṣh gyānī ātmāō̃ kē liē bahut nuksān kartā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] kyō̃ , yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]|chāhiē , aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] … yā common bāt[n.f.;sg.] bāpdādā sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] gyānī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yā tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] , kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , mān[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mānnā[root] mē̃[postp.] , śhān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , pūchhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , āgē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] , centre incharge banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , viśhēṣh[adj.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] - yah[pn.pl.d.] kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] gyānī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] bahut nuksān karnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this why , this what , such be[inf.m.sg.d.] not (x[imp.pl.2hon]|should) , such (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) … or x matter BapDada speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that gyani soul in or then one’s own virtue of , one’s own speciality of arrogance come[pres.sg.m.23] or then the more previously grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x one’s own (some|anything) too matter in x to see[root] do[abs.] , x one’s own effort (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not but name in , (respect|x[root]) in , honour in , ask[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , previously (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) in , centre x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , service in , special part give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in - this x , this wasteful thought too special gyani soul for very x .

153It should be like this." 154And, something common that BapDada tells you about is that gyani souls either have arrogance of their virtues or their specialities, and the more they progress, the more their weakness in a particular aspect is seen. 155This is not a weakness in terms of making effort, but a weakness in terms of wanting name and fame, regard, in being consulted, in being put forward, in being made a centre­in­charge, in being given a special part in service: the waste thoughts of this weakness cause a lot of damage especially in gyani souls. 156And, nowadays, these two are the main basis of waste thoughts.

79और आजकल ये दो ही विशेष व्यर्थ संकल्प का आधार है . aur ājkal yē dō hī viśhēṣh vyarth saṅkalp kā ādhār hai . aur ājkal yah[pn.pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] hī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and nowadays this (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) only special wasteful thought of basis be[pres.sg.23] .

157Just look at your timetable for one day.

80तो आप जब सेवा पर जाओ तो एक दिन की दिनचर्या नोट करना और चेक करना कि एक दिन में इन दोनों में से चाहे अभिमान या दूसरे शब्दों में कहो अपमान - मेरे को कम क्यों , मेरा भी ये पद होना चाहिए , मेरे को भी आगे करना चाहिए , तो ये अपमान समझते हो ना . tō āp jab sēvā par jāō tō ēk din key|kī dincharyā note karnā aur check karnā ki ēk din mē̃ in dōnō̃ mē̃ sē chāhē abhimān yā dūsrē śhabdō̃ mē̃ kahō apmān - mērē kō cum|kam kyō̃ , mērā bhī yē pad hōnā chāhiē , mērē kō bhī āgē karnā chāhiē , tō yē apmān samajhtē hō nā . tō āp[pn.pl.] jab sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] note karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] sē[postp.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] - maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] kyō̃ , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] āgē karnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|karnā[.oblig3] , tō yah[pn.pl.d.] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . then you when service (at|other) go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then one day (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) timetable note do[inf.m.sg.d.] and check do[inf.m.sg.d.] that one day in (this|in) x in from (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) arrogance or other word in say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] disrespect - I[.kē] to (x|less) why , I[.kā] too this status (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) , I[.kē] to too previously (do[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|do[.oblig3]) , then this disrespect understand[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

158At present, you are sitting in Madhuban, and nothing as such happens in Madhuban. 159However, when you return to your service place, check yourself. 160In one day, check these two aspects: arrogance and, in other words, feeling insulted. 161"Why did I receive so little?

81तो ये दो बातें अभिमान और अपमान - यही दो आजकल व्यर्थ संकल्पो का कारण है . tō yē dō bātē̃ abhimān aur apmān - yahī dō ājkal vyarth saṅkalpō kā kāraṇ hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] - yahī[pn.;d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] ājkal vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) matter arrogance and disrespect - this (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) nowadays wasteful thought of because be[pres.sg.23] .

162I should also have this status. 163I should also be put forward." 164You do understand this to be arrogance also, do you not?

82इन दोनों को अगर न्योछावर कर दिया तो बाप समान बनना कोई मुश्किल नहीं है . in dōnō̃ kō agar nyōchhāvar kar diyā tō bāp samān bannā kōī muśhkil nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.pl.o.]|in dōnō̃ kō[postp.] agar nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] tō bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (this|in) x to if gift do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] then equal to the Father become[inf.m.sg.d.] some difficult not be[pres.sg.23] .

165The reason for waste thoughts nowadays are the two aspects of arrogance and of feeling insulted.

83तो क्या न्योछावर करने की शक्ति है  ? tō kyā nyōchhāvar karnē key|kī śhakti hai  ? tō kyā nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then what gift do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti be[pres.sg.23]  ?

166If you surrender these two, then it is not difficult to become like the Father.

84अच्छा , कितने समय में  ? achchhā , kitnē samay mē̃  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.]  ? achcha , so time in  ?

167So, do you have the power to surrender them? 168Achcha.

85अभी आज नवम्बर है ना , नया साल आयेगा तो दो मास हो जायेगा ना  ! abhī āj November hai nā , nayā sāl āyēgā tō dō mās hō jāyēgā nā  ! ab[adv.hī] āj November hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] māns[n.m.;sg.,d.]|mās[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] nā  ! now today November be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , new year come[fut.m.sg.23] then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (x|month) be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅  !

169How long will it take? 170The season will continue for six months. 171One month? 172And so you are being give none month.

86नये साल में वैसे भी नया खाता रखा जाता है , तो हर एक चाहे टीचर , चाहे विद्यार्था हैं , चाहे महारथी हैं , चाहे प्यादा हैं . nayē sāl mē̃ vaisē bhī nayā khātā rakhā jātā hai , tō har ēk chāhē teacher , chāhē vidyārthā haĩ , chāhē mahārathī haĩ , chāhē pyādā haĩ . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|rakhānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] , tō har ēk[x] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] teacher , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . new year in x too new (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) (keep[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|keep[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) , then each one (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) teacher , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) maharathi be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) infantry be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

173It is now November; when the New Year comes, it is two months until then. 174A new account is started in the New Year anyway. 175So, everyone has to do this, whether a teacher, a student, a maharathi or a foot­soldier.

87ऐसे नहीं कि ये तो महारथियों के लिए है , हम तो हैं ही छोटे  ! aisē nahī̃ ki yē tō mahārathiyō̃ kē liē hai , ham tō haĩ hī chhōṭē  ! aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] tō mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ham[pn.pl.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ! it isn't that that this then maharathi for be[pres.sg.23] , we then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only small  !

176Do not think that this is just for the maharathis, and that you are still juniors.

88राज्य-भाग्य लेने के टाइम तो कोई नहीं कहेगा कि मैं छोटा हूँ , उस समय तो कहेंगे कि सेकण्ड नारायण मुझे ही बना दो . rājya-bhāgya lēnē K|kē time tō kōī nahī̃ kahēgā ki maĩ chhōṭā hū̃ , us samay tō kahē̃gē ki second nārāyaṇ mujhē hī banā dō . rājyabhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time tō kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] second nārāyaṇ maĩ[pn.sg.kō] hī[p.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . x take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) time then some not say[fut.m.sg.23] that I small be[pres.sg.1] , that time then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that second Narayan I[.kō] only create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

177At the time of claiming the fortune of the kingdom, none of you say would say that you are still little. 178At that time, you would say: Make me Narayan the second.

89तो हर एक को सिर्फ दो शब्द अपना समाचार देना है और उस पोस्ट के ऊपर विशेष ये लिखना - ‘ ‘ अवस्था का पोतामेल ’ ’ . tō har ēk kō sirph dō śhabda apnā samāchār dēnā hai aur us post kē ūpar viśhēṣh yē likhnā - ‘ ‘ avasthā kā pōtāmēl ’ ’ . tō har ēk[x] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur vah[pn.sg.o.] post kē ūpar[x] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - ‘ ‘ avasthā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pōtāmēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ’ ’ . then each one to only (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) word (one’s own|adopt[root]) news give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and that x over special this write[inf.m.sg.d.] - ‘ ‘ stage of account(s) ’ ’ .

179Each of you has to give your news in a few words, and you should write on the envelope that this is your account for the New Year. 180The one who collects the post will gather all this post and put it separately to one side.

90तो वो पोस्ट अलग हो जायेगी . tō vō post alag hō jāyēgī . tō vah[pn.;d.] post alag[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . then that x separate be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

181On the envelope, write: The chart of my stage.

91और अन्दर लिखना कि व्यर्थ संकल्प किस परसेन्टेज में न्योछावर हुए  ? aur andar likhnā ki vyarth saṅkalp kis percentage mē̃ nyōchhāvar huē  ? aur andar likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] percentage mē̃[postp.] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? and inside write[inf.m.sg.d.] that wasteful thought (who|what) percentage in gift be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

182O.K., you have now been given two months. 183What should you write in your letter? 184To what extent you have surrendered your wasteful thoughts.

9250 परसेन्ट या 100 परसेन्ट न्योछावर हुए  ? 50 percent yā 100 percent nyōchhāvar huē  ? 50 percent yā 100 percent nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ? 50 % or 100 % gift be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]  ?

185Simply write whether you surrendered your wasteful thoughts by fifty per cent or one hundred per cent.

93बस एक लाइन लिखना , लम्बा-चौड़ा नहीं लिखना . bas ēk line likhnā , lambā-chauṛā nahī̃ likhnā . bas|basnā[root] ēk[adj.] line likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , lambā-chauṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (simply|x[root]) one line write[inf.m.sg.d.] , long-winded not write[inf.m.sg.d.] .

186Just write one line; nothing long and complicated.

94जो लम्बा-चौड़ा लिखेंगे उसको पहले ही फाड़ देंगे . jō lambā-chauṛā likhē̃gē uskō pahlē hī phāṛ dēgē . jō[pn.;d.] lambā-chauṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] phāṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . that long-winded write[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that[.kō] (x|firstly) only x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

187The long and complicated letters will be torn­up straight away.

95तो तैयार हो  ? tō taiyār hō  ? tō taiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? then x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

188Just one line is enough.

96ज़ोर से बोलो - हाँ जी या ना जी  ? zōr sē bōlō - hā̃ jī yā nā jī  ? zōr sē[x] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - hā̃ jī[x] yā nā jī[x]  ? loudly speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - yes or no  ?

189Are you ready for this? 190Speak loudly, yes or no?

97जो समझते हैं कि इसमें हिम्मत चाहिए , टाइम भी चाहिए , तो अभी से हाथ उठा लो तो आपको पहले से ही छुट्टी है . jō samajhtē haĩ ki ismē̃ himmat chāhiē , time bhī chāhiē , tō abhī sē hāth uṭhā lō tō āpkō pahlē sē hī chhuṭṭī hai . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]|chāhiē , time bhī[p.] chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]|chāhiē , tō ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this[.mē̃] courage (x[imp.pl.2hon]|should) , time too (x[imp.pl.2hon]|should) , then now from raise your hands then you[.kō] beforehand only permission be[pres.sg.23] .

191Those of you who think that you need courage or time for this, raise your hands for this now, and you will be allowed to have this now, in advance.

98कोई है या पीछे लिखेंगे - पुरूषार्थ तो बहुत किया लेकिन हुआ नहीं . kōī hai yā pīchhē likhē̃gē - purūṣhārth tō bahut kiyā lēkin huā nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā pīchhē likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - puruṣhārth tō bahut karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . some be[pres.sg.23] or x write[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - effort then very do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but be[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .

192Is there anyone who thinks this? 193Or will you later write: I made a lot of effort, but I wasn't able to do it.

99ऐसे तो नहीं लिखेंगे  ? aisē tō nahī̃ likhē̃gē  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] likhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? such then not write[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

194It will not be like that, will it?

100पक्के हैं  ? pakkē haĩ  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? firm be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

195You will not write this, will you?

101अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

196Are you sure?

102बापदादा ने देखा कि प्यार मधुबन तक तो ले आता है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki pyār madhuban tak tō lē ātā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak tō lēnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that love Madhuban until then take[pres.sg.m.23.root+ānā] .

197These mothers are not saying anything. 198Do you not understand the language?

103लेकिन इसी प्यार से पहुँचना कहाँ है  ? lēkin isī pyār sē pahuñchnā kahā̃ hai  ? lēkin yah[pn.sg.hī] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? but this[.hī] love from reach[inf.m.sg.d.] where be[pres.sg.23]  ?

199Do you understand the language? 200You are not even acknowledging anything.

104बाप समान बनना है ना  ! bāp samān bannā hai nā  ! bāp samān[x] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! equal to the Father become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

201Do you understand or not?

105तो जैसे मधुबन में भागते आते हो ना , मेरा नाम ज़रुर लिखो , मेरा नाम ज़रुर लिखो . tō jaisē madhuban mē̃ bhāgtē ātē hō nā , mērā nām zarur likhō , mērā nām zarur likhō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhāgnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+ānā] nā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr[adj.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarūr[adj.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then like Madhuban in run[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+ānā] ∅ , I[.kā] name definitely write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , I[.kā] name definitely write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

202Are those sitting in the middle understanding everything? 203Say, yes or no! 204Those sitting in the corner, speak! 205You are not saying anything.

106और नहीं लिखते तो टीचर को थोड़ी आंख भी दिखा देते हो . aur nahī̃ likhtē tō teacher kō thōṛī āṅkh bhī dikhā dētē hō . aur nahī̃[neg] likhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō teacher kō[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āṅkh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . and not write[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then teacher to short eye too x[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .

206Achcha. 207BapDada saw that love brings you as far as Madhuban. 208Love has brought you here, has it not?

107तो जैसे मधुबन के लिए प्यार में भागते हो , आते हो ऐसे ही पुरूषार्थ करो कि मेरा नाम बाप समान बनने में पहले हो . tō jaisē madhuban kē liē pyār mē̃ bhāgtē hō , ātē hō aisē hī purūṣhārth karō ki mērā nām bāp samān bannē mē̃ pahlē hō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhāgnā[pres.pl.m.2] , ānā[pres.pl.m.2] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] puruṣhārth karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then like Madhuban for love in run[pres.pl.m.2] , come[pres.pl.m.2] such only effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kā] name equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in (x|firstly) (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

209But where do you have to reach through this love? 210You have to become the same as the Father, do you not? 211Having said, "Definitely write my name, definitely write my name", you came running to Madhuban.

108तो ये पवित्रता का फाउण्डेशन पक्का करो . tō yē pavitratā kā foundation pakkā karō . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] foundation pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this purity of foundation firm do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

212And, if it were not written, you would show a stern eye to your teacher.

109ब्रह्मा बाप ने पवित्रता के कारण , एक नवीनता के कारण गालियाँ भी खाईं . brahmā bāp nē pavitratā K|kē kāraṇ , ēk navīntā K|kē kāraṇ gāliyā̃ bhī khāī̃ . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] navīntā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] gālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] khānā[past-part.f.pl.] . Brahma father ∅ purity (K|of) because , one newness (K|of) because insult too eat[past-part.f.pl.] .

213So just as you run to Madhuban with love, in the same way, make effort that your name should be first in becoming the same as the Father.

110तो पवित्रता फाउण्डेशन है और फाउण्डेशन का ब्रह्मचर्य व्रत धारण करना ये तो एक कॉमन बात है लेकिन अभी आगे बढ़े हो तो बचपन की स्टेज नहीं है , अभी तो वानप्रस्थ स्थिति में जाना है . tō pavitratā foundation hai aur foundation kā brahmcharya vrat dhāraṇ karnā yē tō ēk common bāt hai lēkin abhī āgē baṛhē hō tō bachpan key|kī stage nahī̃ hai , abhī tō vānaprasth sthiti mē̃ jānā hai . tō pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur foundation kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brahmcharya[x] vrat[x] dhāraṇ karnā[x] yah[pn.pl.d.] tō ēk[adj.] common bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] āgē baṛhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] stage nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] tō vānprasth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then purity foundation be[pres.sg.23] and foundation of celibacy fast adopt[x] this then one x matter be[pres.sg.23] but now previously grow[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then childhood (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) stage not be[pres.sg.23] , now then retirement stage in (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .

214So make this foundation of purity strong. 215Because of purity, because of this newness, father Brahma had to accept so many insults; all because of purity. 216So purity is the foundation, but to adopt the vow of celibacy for the foundation is a common thing.

111मैं ब्रह्मचारी तो रहता हूँ , पवित्रता तो है ही , सिर्फ इसमें खुश नहीं हो जाओ . maĩ brahmchārī tō rahtā hū̃ , pavitratā tō hai hī , sirph ismē̃ khuśh nahī̃ hō jāō . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] brahmchārī[x] tō rahnā[pres.sg.m.1] , pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] , sirph[adj.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] khuśh[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . I those who wish to remain celibate then remain[pres.sg.m.1] , purity then be[pres.sg.23] only , only this[.mē̃] happy not be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . 112वैसे तो अभी दृष्टि-वृत्ति में पवित्रता को और भी अण्डरलाइन करो लेकिन मूल फाउण्डेशन है अपने संकल्प को शुद्ध बनाओ , ज्ञान स्वरूप बनाओ , शक्ति स्वरूप बनाओ . vaisē tō abhī dr̥iṣhṭi-vr̥itti mē̃ pavitratā kō aur bhī underline karō lēkin mūl foundation hai apnē saṅkalp kō śhuddha banāō , gyān svarūp banāō , śhakti svarūp banāō . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō ab[adv.hī] vr̥itti-dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aur bhī[p.] underline karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] foundation hōnā[pres.sg.23] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhuddh[x] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then now vision and attitude in purity to and too underline do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but main foundation be[pres.sg.23] one’s own thought to pure create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , knowledge form create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Shakti form create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

217So, as you progress, because you are no longer in the childhood stage, and you now have to go into the stage of retirement, do not become happy by just thinking, "I am celibate anyway", or "I have purity anyway". 218But underline purity in your vision and attitude. 219You still have to underline it firmly. 220The main foundation for this is to have purity in your thoughts.

113संकल्प में कमज़ोरी बहुत है . saṅkalp mē̃ kamzōrī bahut hai . saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . thought in weakness very be[pres.sg.23] .

221Let them become filled with knowledge and power.

114क्या करें , कर नहीं सकते हैं , पता नहीं क्या हो गया … क्या ये पवित्रता की शक्ति है  ? kyā karē̃ , kar nahī̃ saktē haĩ , patā nahī̃ kyā hō gayā … kyā yē pavitratā key|kī śhakti hai  ? kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … kyā yah[pn.pl.d.] pavitratā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , do[root] not can[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , knowledge not what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … what this purity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti be[pres.sg.23]  ?

222There is a lot of weakness in your thoughts: "What can I do? 223I cannot do this. 224I don't know what happened." 225Is this the power of purity?

115पवित्र आत्मा कहेगी - क्या करें , हो गया , हो जाता है , चाहते तो नहीं हैं लेकिन …  ? pavitra ātmā kahēgī - kyā karē̃ , hō gayā , hō jātā hai , chāhtē tō nahī̃ haĩ lēkin …  ? pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[fut.f.sg.23] - kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin …  ? pure soul say[fut.f.sg.23] - what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but …  ?

226Would a pure soul say, "What can I do? 227It just happened. 228It happens all the time, even though I don't wish it to happen, but..."?

116ये कौन-सी आत्मा है  ? yē kaun-sī ātmā hai  ? yah[pn.pl.d.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this which soul be[pres.sg.23]  ?

229What type of soul would say this?

117पवित्र आत्मा बोलती है कि कमज़ोर आत्मा बोलती है  ? pavitra ātmā bōltī hai ki kamzōr ātmā bōltī hai  ? pavitr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] kamjōr[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? pure soul speak[pres.sg.f.23] that weak soul speak[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

230Is it a pure soul or a weak soul who speaks in this way?

118त्रिकालदर्शी आत्मायें हो . trikāldarśhī ātmāyē̃ hō . trikāldarśhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . trikaldarshi soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

231Are you souls trikaldarshi? 232What do you think?

119जब क्यों , क्या कहते हो , तो बापदादा कहते हैं इन्हों को जिज्ञासु के आगे ले जाओ , उनको चित्र समझाते हैं कि 84 जन्मों को हम जानते हैं . jab kyō̃ , kyā kahtē hō , tō bāpdādā kahtē haĩ inhō̃ kō jigyāsu kē āgē lē jāō , unkō chitra samjhātē haĩ ki 84 janmō̃ kō ham jāntē haĩ . jab kyō̃ , kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , tō bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] jigyāsu[adj.] kē āgē[x] lē jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , vah[pn.pl.kō] chitra[n.m.;sg.,d.] samjhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] 84 janm[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ham[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . when why , what say[pres.pl.m.2] , then BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this to x in front of carry , that[.kō] picture explain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that 84 life to we know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

233BapDada says that you should be brought in front of the students. 234You explain the pictures to them, saying that you know about the eighty­four births. 235You explain the story of eighty­four births to them, and yet you ask questions such as, what? and why? etc.

120समझाते हो 84 जन्म और करते हो अभी क्या और क्यों  ? samjhātē hō 84 janm aur kartē hō abhī kyā aur kyō̃  ? samjhānā[pres.pl.m.2] 84 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] aur karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ab[adv.hī] kyā aur kyō̃  ? explain[pres.pl.m.2] 84 (life|be born[root]) and do[pres.pl.m.2] now what and why  ?

236Since you know about everything, would someone who knows everything ask such questions?

121जब जानते हो तो जानने वाला क्या , क्यों करेगा  ? jab jāntē hō tō jānnē vālā kyā , kyō̃ karēgā  ? jab jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā , kyō̃ karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? when know[pres.pl.m.2] then know[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who what , why do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

237The person explaining would know that something happens because of this or the other.

122वो जानता है कि ये इसलिए होता है . vō jāntā hai ki yē isliē hōtā hai . vah[pn.;d.] jānnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] isliē hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that know[pres.sg.m.23] that this therefore be[pres.sg.m.23] . 123क्या का जवाब स्वयं ही बुद्धि में आयेगा कि माया के प्रभाव के परवश है . kyā kā javāb svayã hī buddhi mē̃ āyēgā ki māyā K|kē prabhāv K|kē parvaśh hai . kyā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] svayã hī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . what of x x only intellect in come[fut.m.sg.23] that Maya (K|of) x (K|of) under an influence be[pres.sg.23] .

238The response to the question of why would automatically enter your intellect; that you are under the influence of Maya, whether you are a maharathi or a foot­soldier.

124चाहे महारथी हो , चाहे प्यादा हो . chāhē mahārathī hō , chāhē pyādā hō . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pyādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) maharathi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) infantry (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

239If a maharathi makes a mistake, at that time, he is not a maharathi; at that time, he is under another influence.

125अगर महारथी से भी ग़लती होती है तो उस समय वो महारथी नहीं है , परवश है . agar mahārathī sē bhī ġalatī hōtī hai tō us samay vō mahārathī nahī̃ hai , parvaśh hai . agar mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if maharathi from too mistake be[pres.sg.f.23] then that time that maharathi not be[pres.sg.23] , under an influence be[pres.sg.23] .

240If you see that a maharathi is doing something wrong, at that time, he is not a maharathi, but under someone's influence.

126तो परवश वाला कहाँ भी लहर में लहरा जाता है लेकिन आप उस रूप में देखते हो कि ये महारथी होकर कर रहा है  ! tō parvaśh vālā kahā̃ bhī lahar mē̃ laharā jātā hai lēkin āp us rūp mē̃ dēkhtē hō ki yē mahārathī hōkar kar rahā hai  ! tō parvaśh[adj.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahā̃ bhī[p.] lahar[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] laharānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] vah[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[abs.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  ! then under an influence those who where too wave in hoist[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] but you that Rup in see[pres.pl.m.2] that this maharathi be[abs.] do[pres.sg.m.prog.23]  !

241So, those who are under an external influence would allow themselves to move along with the waves, wherever they come from. 242Do you understand what you have to do?

127उस समय महारथी नहीं , परवश है . us samay mahārathī nahī̃ , parvaśh hai . vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , parvaśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that time maharathi not , under an influence be[pres.sg.23] .

243What do you have to do in the New Year? 244Open a new account.

128समझा , नये साल में क्या करना है  ? samjhā , nayē sāl mē̃ kyā karnā hai  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , new year in what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ?

245You have to open a new account in which the account of wastage is finished.

129व्यर्थ के समाप्ति का नया खाता . vyarth K|kē samāpti kā nayā khātā . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . wasteful (K|of) completion of new (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) .

246Is this O.K.? 247First of all, the teachers should say yes.

130ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ? 131पक्का  ? pakkā  ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ? firm  ?

248Are you firm in this?

132कि कोई न कोई कारण बतायेंगे . ki kōī na kōī kāraṇ batāyēṅgē . ki[conj.] kōī na kōī[x] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that one .. or another because tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

249Or will you give one or another excuse?

133अगर कारण होगा तो कोई नया प्लैन बतायेंगे . agar kāraṇ hōgā tō kōī nayā plan batāyēṅgē . agar kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . if because be[fut.m.sg.23] then some new plan tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

250If there is an excuse, Baba will give you a new plan.

134अभी नहीं बतायेंगे . abhī nahī̃ batāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] nahī̃[neg] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now not tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

251You will not be given the plan now.

135अभी बतायेंगे तो आप कोई रीज़न निकाल लेंगे . abhī batāyēṅgē tō āp kōī rīzan nikāl lē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō āp[pn.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] x nikālnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] . now tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then you some x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] .

252If you are given the plan now, you will give an excuse.

136कारण नहीं निवारण . kāraṇ nahī̃ nivāraṇ . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] nivāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] . because not solution .

253However, you must not give excuses, but find solutions.

137समस्या स्वरूप नहीं , समाधान स्वरूप . samasyā svarūp nahī̃ , samādhān svarūp . samasyā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , samādhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . problem form not , solution form .

254Do not be an embodiment of problems, but an embodiment of solutions.

138अभी प्रकृति भी थक गई है . abhī prakr̥iti bhī thak gaī hai . ab[adv.hī] prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] thaknā, phathaknā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . now matter too become desperate[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

255Even matter has become tired.

139प्रकृति की भी ताकत सारी खत्म हो गई है . prakr̥iti key|kī bhī tākat sārī khatm hō gaī hai . prakr̥iti[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . matter (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too power the whole finished be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

256All its energy is now finished.

140तो प्रकृति भी आप प्रकृतिपति आत्माओं को अर्जा कर रही है कि अभी जल्दी करो . tō prakr̥iti bhī āp prakr̥itipati ātmāō̃ kō arjā kar rahī hai ki abhī jaldī karō . tō prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] prakr̥iti-pati[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] jaldī karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then matter too you lord of matter soul to x do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] that now very quickly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

257So, matter and the elements are making a request to you souls, who are the masters of matter, to hurry up.

141अभी देरी नहीं करो . abhī dērī nahī̃ karō . ab[adv.hī] dērī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now x not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

258Do not take so long!

142अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

259Achcha.

143बापदादा को भी तन को चलाना पड़ता है . bāpdādā kō bhī tan kō chalānā paṛtā hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . BapDada to too body to x[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .

260BapDada also has to use this body.

144चले , नहीं चले , लेकिन चलाना तो पड़ता है . chalē , nahī̃ chalē , lēkin chalānā tō paṛtā hai . chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , nahī̃[neg] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , not (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but x[inf.m.sg.d.] then fall[pres.sg.m.23] . 145क्योंकि बाप का बच्चों से प्यार है . kyōṅki bāp kā bachchō̃ sē pyār hai . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because father of child from love be[pres.sg.23] .

261Whether the body co­operates or not, BapDada has to make use of the body because He has love for the children.

146तो इतने प्यार वाली आत्मायें आवें और बाप रूहरिहान नहीं करे तो कैसे होगा  ! tō itnē pyār vālī ātmāyē̃ āvē̃ aur bāp rūhrihān nahī̃ karē tō kaisē hōgā  ! tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūhrihān[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! then such love those who soul come[opt.pl.12hon3] and father spiritual conversation not do[opt.sg.23] then how be[fut.m.sg.23]  !

262How would it be possible for so many souls to come with so much love and Baba not to have a conversation with them?

147तो जबरदस्ती भी चलाना ही पड़ता है . tō jabardastī bhī chalānā hī paṛtā hai . tō jabardastī bhī[p.] chalānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then x too x[inf.m.sg.d.] only fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

263So, He has to make use of the body by force.

148अच्छा , सभी खुश हैं  ? achchhā , sabhī khuśh haĩ  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? achcha , all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

264Achcha. 265Are all of you content?

149बाप मिला - सन्तुष्ट हैं ना  ? bāp milā - santuṣhṭ haĩ nā  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? father (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) - content be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

266Are you all happy?

150इस्टर्नeasterneasternx

267Are you happy?

151कितना अन्दाज़ आये हैं  ? kitnā andāz āyē haĩ  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] andāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ? so x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

268You are content now that you have met the Father, are you not?

152 ( 550 ) तो साढ़े पांच सौ आये हो ना तो साढ़े को निकाल देना बाकी रहा पांच , तो पांचों पर विजय पहला नम्बर इस्टर्न ज़ोन होना चाहिए . ( 550 ) tō sāṛhē pāñch sau āyē hō nā tō sāṛhē kō nikāl dēnā bākī rahā pāñch , tō pāñchō̃ par vijay pahlā number eastern zone hōnā chāhiē . ( 550 ) tō sāṛhē pañch[adj.] sau[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā tō sāṛhē kō[postp.] nikālnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bākī|bākī rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] pañch[adj.] , tō pāñchō̃[adj.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā number[x] eastern zone hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . ( 550 ) then x five hundred come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ then x to x[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] (but|others) (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) five , then x (at|other) victory x x zone (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

269Now, together with the name of each zone, also raise your hands. 270Eastern Zone: How many have come approximately? 271(550) So, if you take away the two digits of fife and zero, you are left with five, and so the Eastern Zone has to attain victory over all five and claim number one.

153 ( सभी ने तालियां बजाई ) लिखने के टाइम भी ताली बजाना . ( sabhī nē tāliyā̃ bajāī ) likhnē K|kē time bhī tālī bajānā . ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time bhī[p.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ( all ∅ clapping play[past-part.f.] ) write[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) time too clapping play[inf.m.sg.d.] .

272(Everyone applauded.) 273Clap at the time of writing letters.

154नम्बरवन . number one . number one . number one .

274You are number one.

155वैसे तो इस्टर्न ब्रह्मा बाबा का प्रवेशता का भी पहला नम्बर है . vaisē tō eastern brahmā bābā kā pravēśhtā kā bhī pahlā number hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō eastern brahmā bābā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pravēśh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pahlā number[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then x x of entry of too x be[pres.sg.23] .

275In fact, the Eastern Zone is the first number of when Shiv Baba came.

156तो बाप समान बनने में , बाप के प्यार के पीछे न्योछावर करने में भी इस्टर्न को पहला नम्बर लेना है . tō bāp samān bannē mē̃ , bāp K|kē pyār kē pīchhē nyōchhāvar karnē mē̃ bhī eastern kō pahlā number lēnā hai . tō bāp samān[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pīchhē[x] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] eastern kō[postp.] pahlā number[x] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then equal to the Father become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , father (K|of) love x gift do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too x to x take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

276So, in becoming the same as the Father, what number will the Eastern Zone claim in surrendering everything out of love for the Father? 277Will you claim the number one? 278You are not saying yes.

157सभी टीचर्स हाँ कर रही हैं तो स्टूडेण्ट को भी करना पड़ेगा . sabhī teachers hā̃ kar rahī haĩ tō student kō bhī karnā paṛēgā . sab[adv.hī] teacher hā̃ karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] tō student kō[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . all teacher yes do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] then student to too do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .

279Teachers speak! 280Even the students will have to do the same. 281The teachers who are responsible are saying yes.

158इस्टर्न की टीचर्स उठो . eastern key|kī teachers uṭhō . eastern key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

282Teachers from the Eastern Zone, stand up!

159सभी टीचर्स वायदा करते हो कि समझते हो कि पता नहीं क्या होगा  ! sabhī teachers vāydā kartē hō ki samajhtē hō ki patā nahī̃ kyā hōgā  ! sab[adv.hī] teacher vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! all teacher promise do[pres.pl.m.2] that understand[pres.pl.m.2] that knowledge not what be[fut.m.sg.23]  !

283Will all the teachers make a promise, or do you have a question because you don't know what will happen.

160देखना टी . वी . में आ रहा है . dēkhnā T . V|we . mē̃ ā rahā hai . dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] T . V|we . mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . see[inf.m.sg.d.] x . (x) . in come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

284Just be careful; everything is being recorded on T.V.

161इस्टर्न तो नम्बरवन होना ही है . eastern tō number one hōnā hī hai . eastern tō number one hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then number one be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

285Eastern Zone has to claim number one.

162बम्बई , महाराष्ट्रbambaī , mahārāṣhṭrabāmbē , mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.]Bombay , Maharashtra

286Bombay, Maharashtra:Those from Maharashtra, raise your hands!

163बाम्बे क्या करेगा  ? bāmbē kyā karēgā  ? bāmbē kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? Bombay what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

287Achcha, Maharashtra and Bombay are both here.

164महाराष्ट्र क्या करेगा  ? mahārāṣhṭra kyā karēgā  ? mahārāṣhṭra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? Maharashtra what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

288What will Bombay do? 289What will Maharashtra do?

165सोलापुर भी है , जलगांव भी है . sōlāpur bhī hai , jalagā̃v bhī hai . x bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too be[pres.sg.23] , x too be[pres.sg.23] .

290Those from Solapur and Jalgaon are also here.

166कोई भी पुर हो लेकिन बापदादा कहते हैं कि सोलापुर नहीं , सोला सम्पूर्ण . kōī bhī pur hō lēkin bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki sōlāpur nahī̃ , sōlā sampūrṇ . kōī bhī[x] pur[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] x nahī̃[neg] , x sampūrṇ[adj.] . anyone x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x not , x complete .

291No matter which "pure" you come from, BapDada says: You have to be complete (sampurna). 292Not to be those Solapur, but to be "sola sampurna" (sixteen celestial degrees complete).

167कोल्हापुर है , सोलापुर है , कई पुर हैं तो उन्हों को तो याद आना चाहिए कि हम पूर तो हैं सिर्फ सम्पूर्ण आगे एड करना . kōlhāpur hai , sōlāpur hai , kaī pur haĩ tō unhō̃ kō tō yād ānā chāhiē ki ham pūr tō haĩ sirph sampūrṇ āgē add karnā . x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kaī pur[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|ānā[.oblig3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] x tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sirph[adj.] sampūrṇ[adj.] āgē add karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x be[pres.sg.23] , x be[pres.sg.23] , some x be[pres.pl.12hon3] then that to then remembrance (come[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|come[.oblig3]) that we x then be[pres.pl.12hon3] only complete previously add do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

293Whether you are from Kolhapur or Solapur, you should remember that you are from "pure"; but you just have to add the word "sampurna" before it. 294Is this O.K. for those from Solapur?

168ठीक है सोलापुर . ṭhīk hai sōlāpur . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x . OK be[pres.sg.23] x .

295These are the teachers.

169सोलापुर वाली टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . sōlāpur vālī teachers hāth uṭhāō . x vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x those who teacher raise your hands .

296Achcha. 297Teachers from Solapur, raise your hands!

170अभी क्या होगा  ? abhī kyā hōgā  ? ab[adv.hī] kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? now what be[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

298What will happen now?

171सोलापुर या सोला सम्पूर्ण  ? sōlāpur yā sōlā sampūrṇ  ? x yā x sampūrṇ[adj.]  ? x or x complete  ?

299Will it be Solapur or sola sampurna?

172हिम्मत है कि कहेंगे कि हम तो छोटी टीचर्स हैं . himmat hai ki kahē̃gē ki ham tō chhōṭī teachers haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage be[pres.sg.23] that say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that we then small teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

300Do you have this courage or will you say that you are still young teachers?

173छोटी सुभान अल्लाह . chhōṭī subhān allāh . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] subhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . small x Allah .

301Little ones are equal to God.

174समझा  ? samjhā  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

302Do you understand?

175अच्छा जलगांव और उदगीर . achchhā jalagā̃v aur udagīr . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x aur x . achcha x and x .

303Jalgaon and Udgir, what will those from Jalgaon do?

176तो जलगांव क्या करेगा  ? tō jalagā̃v kyā karēgā  ? tō x kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? then x what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

304Finish your waste thoughts in jal (water).

177अपने व्यर्थ विकल्पों को जल में खत्म कर देगा . apnē vyarth vikalpō̃ kō jal mē̃ khatm kar dēgā . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jalnā[root]|jal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] . one’s own wasteful x to (x[root]|x) in finished do[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] .

305You will finish them completely. 306Everything is completely finished in water.

178एकदम खत्म . ēkdam khatm . ēkdam ḵẖatm[adj.] . x finished .

307Those from Jalgaon, stand up!

179जल में हो गया खत्म . jal mē̃ hō gayā khatm . jalnā[root]|jal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ḵẖatm[adj.] . (x[root]|x) in be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] finished .

308These are the teachers from Jalgaon.

180तो क्या करेंगे  ? tō kyā karē̃gē  ? tō kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

309Achcha, what will you do?

181विकल्पों को जलमय करना . vikalpō̃ kō jalamay karnā . vikalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x to x do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

310You will finish all your waste thoughts in the flood.

182कोई विकल्प रहे नहीं . kōī vikalp rahē nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] vikalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . some x (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) not . 183जैसे कहाँ-कहाँ जलमय होता है ना तो एक भी निशानी नहीं रहती . jaisē kahā̃-kahā̃ jalamay hōtā hai nā tō ēk bhī niśhānī nahī̃ rahtī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahā̃ x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā tō ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.f.] . like where x be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ then one too sign not remain[pres-part.f.] .

311Do not bring about the other flood, but finish these in the flood so that not a single sinful thought remains. 312Sometimes, when a flood takes place somewhere, not a single sign remains.

184ऐसे आप समाप्त कर लेना . aisē āp samāpt kar lēnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] samāpt karnā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such you x take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

313In the same way, you have to finish these thoughts.

185ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

314Is this O.K.?

186अच्छा , बाम्बे वाले क्या करेंगे  ? achchhā , bāmbē vālē kyā karē̃gē  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bāmbē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? achcha , Bombay those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

315Achcha, what will those from Bombay do?

187आजकल बहुत बड़े-बड़े बॉम्ब निकाले हैं . ājkal bahut baṛē-baṛē bomb nikālē haĩ . ājkal bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bomb nikālnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . nowadays very very bomb x[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

316Nowadays, huge fireworks have been invented.

188दीपावली में देखा होगा ना , इतने बॉम्ब इकट्ठे जलाते हैं जो लाइन की लाइन खत्म . dīpāvalī mē̃ dēkhā hōgā nā , itnē bomb ikaṭṭhē jalātē haĩ jō line key|kī line khatm . dīpāvalī[x] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bomb ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jalānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] line key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] line ḵẖatm[adj.] . Deepawali in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ , such bomb together burn[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that line (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line finished .

317You must have seen them at Diwali. 318They ignite so many fireworks at the same time that a whole line is finished in one go.

189तो बाम्बे वाले अनेक विकल्पों की लाइन को एक तीली लगाना और सारे के सारे खत्म हो जायें . tō bāmbē vālē anēk vikalpō̃ key|kī line kō ēk tīlī lagānā aur sārē K|kē sārē khatm hō jāyē̃ . tō bāmbē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] anēk[adj.] vikalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] line kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] tīlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then Bombay those who many x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) line to one matchstick attach[inf.m.sg.d.] and the whole (K|of) the whole finished be[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 190बॉम्बे वाली टीचर्स उठो . bômbē vālī teachers uṭhō . bāmbē vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Bombay those who teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

319So those from Bombay should strike a match to one line of wasteful thoughts so that all waste thoughts are finished. 320Teachers from Bombay, stand up! 321Achcha, you go to have a vision of all the goddesses, and today, you are having a vision of these goddesses (the teachers).

191अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

322Achcha.

192तीली तो है ना  ? tīlī tō hai nā  ? tīlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? matchstick then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

323You have the matchstick, do you not?

193अच्छी पॉवरफुल तीली है  ? achchhī powerful tīlī hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] powerful tīlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? achcha powerful matchstick be[pres.sg.23]  ?

324It is a very powerful matchstick.

194कि तीली लगी फिर बुझ जायेगा . ki tīlī lagī phir bujh jāyēgā . ki[conj.] tīlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagnā[past-part.f.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] bujhnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . that matchstick x[past-part.f.] (then|turn[root]) x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

325Or, will the fire go out as soon as you ignite it?

195दृढ़ संकल्प की तीली से फटाफट . dr̥iṛh saṅkalp key|kī tīlī sē phaṭāphaṭ . dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tīlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] phaṭāphaṭ[adv.] . determined thought (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) matchstick from very quickly .

326With the matchstick of determined thought, everything will finish one after another.

196एक के पीछे एक , एक के पीछे एक खत्म . ēk kē pīchhē ēk , ēk kē pīchhē ēk khatm . ēk[adj.] kē pīchhē[x] ēk[adj.] , ēk[adj.] kē pīchhē[x] ēk[adj.] ḵẖatm[adj.] . one x one , one x one finished .

327Everyone will be happy that everything is finished. 328Achcha.

197सभी खुश हो जायेंगे . sabhī khuśh hō jāyēṅgē . sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . all happy be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

329Tamil Nadu: Those from Tamil Nadu, raise your hands!

198अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 199तामिलनाडुtāmilnāḍuxx

330Achcha, you are sitting at the back.

200तामिलनाडु क्या करेगा  ? tāmilnāḍu kyā karēgā  ? x kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? x what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

331You are at the back because of the headphones.

201तामिलनाडु में डांस बहुत अच्छी करते हैं . tāmilnāḍu mē̃ dance bahut achchhī kartē haĩ . x mē̃[postp.] dance bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x in dance very achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

332What will those from Tamil Nadu do? 333Very good dances are performed in Tamil Nadu.

202कोई भी दादियाँ जाती हैं तो अच्छी-अच्छी डांस दिखाते हैं . kōī bhī dādiyā̃ jātī haĩ tō achchhī-achchhī dance dikhātē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dance dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . anyone Dadi go[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then achcha dance x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

334When any of the Dadis go there, very good dances are performed.

203जैसे शास्त्रों में शंकर के लिए दिखाते हैं , नृत्य करते-करते सारा विनाश कर दिया . jaisē śhāstrō̃ mē̃ śhaṅkar kē liē dikhātē haĩ , nr̥tya kartē-kartē sārā vināśh kar diyā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhāstra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] śhaṅkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] dikhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . like scripture in Shankar for x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] the whole destruction do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .

335In the scriptures, Shankar has been portrayed as carrying out destruction whilst dancing. 336Have you ever heard this?

204तो डांस करते-करते क्या करेंगे  ? tō dance kartē-kartē kyā karē̃gē  ? tō dance karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then dance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

337For Shankar, it is said that he destroyed everything whilst dancing.

205भिन्न-भिन्न प्रकार से सभी विघ्नों का विनाश . bhinn-bhinn prakār sē sabhī vighnō̃ kā vināśh . bhinn[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . different form from all obstacle of destruction .

338So what will Tamil Nadu do whilst dancing? 339Destroy all obstacles.

206जैसे डांस वे भिन्न-भिन्न पोज़ रखते हो ना ऐसे एक-एक विकल्प को अच्छी तरह से , ऐसे खत्म करना जो नाम-निशान भी नहीं रहे . jaisē dance vē|way bhinn-bhinn pose rakhtē hō nā aisē ēk-ēk vikalp kō achchhī tarah sē , aisē khatm karnā jō nām-niśhān bhī nahī̃ rahē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dance vah[pn.pl.d.]|way bhinn[adj.] pose rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] vikalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . like dance (that|x) different x keep[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ such one x to achcha x from , such finished do[inf.m.sg.d.] that x too not (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .

340Just as you have a variety of poses in a dance, in the same way, finish every sinful thought so clearly that not even its name or trace remains.

207ठीक है  ? ṭhīk hai  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? OK be[pres.sg.23]  ?

341Is this O.K.?

208तामिलनाडु , तामिलनाडु की टीचर्स उठो . tāmilnāḍu , tāmilnāḍu key|kī teachers uṭhō . x , x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x , x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

342Teachers from Tamil Nadu, stand up!

209अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

343Achcha, so many have come.

210तामिलनाडु की टीचर्स बहुत आई हैं . tāmilnāḍu key|kī teachers bahut āī haĩ . x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher very come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

344Many have come from Tamil Nadu.

211टीचर्स को भी मिलने का चांस मिलता है . teachers kō bhī milnē kā chance miltā hai . teacher kō[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . teacher to too receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

345Even the teachers have a chance of meeting Baba.

212बापदादा को टीचर्स वैसे बहुत प्यारी लगती हैं . bāpdādā kō teachers vaisē bahut pyārī lagtī haĩ . bāpdādā kō[postp.] teacher vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . BapDada to teacher x very loving x[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

346Generally, BapDada has a lot of love for the teachers.

213इसमें तो ताली बजा दी लेकिन वैसे के पीछे ऐसे भी है . ismē̃ tō tālī bajā dī lēkin vaisē kē pīchhē aisē bhī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajnā[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā]|bajānā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] lēkin vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē pīchhē[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this[.mē̃] then clapping (x[past-part.f..past-part+dēnā]|play[past-part.f..root+dēnā]) but x x such too be[pres.sg.23] .

347You clapped for this, but after the word "generally" (vaise), there's also the word "like that" (aise).

214वैसे तो टीचर्स को बापदादा एकदम समान दृष्टि से देखते हैं कि ये बाप समान हैं , निमित्त हैं लेकिन जब ऐसी-वैसी उल्टी डांस कर देती हैं , जो मन को नहीं भाती है , कभीकभी ऐसी डांस करते हैं तो सब कहते हैं बन्द करो , बन्द करो . vaisē tō teachers kō bāpdādā ēkdam samān dr̥iṣhṭi sē dēkhtē haĩ ki yē bāp samān haĩ , nimitt haĩ lēkin jab aisī-vaisī ulṭī dance kar dētī haĩ , jō man kō nahī̃ bhātī hai , kabhīkabhī aisī dance kartē haĩ tō sab kahtē haĩ band karō , band karō . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō teacher kō[postp.] bāpdādā ēkdam samān[adj.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bāp samān[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin jab x ulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|ulṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dance karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] , jō[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhānā[pres.sg.f.23] , x aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dance karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] band[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , band[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then teacher to BapDada x equal drishti from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this equal to the Father be[pres.pl.12hon3] , instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] but when x (upside down|x) dance do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] , that mind to not be liked[pres.sg.f.23] , x such dance do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] closed do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , closed do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

348Generally, BapDada looks at the teachers with absolutely equal vision, that they are equal to the Father, that they are instruments. 349However, when they perform a wrong type of dance, one that isn't liked by anyone, when someone performs a dance that isn't good, everyone says: Stop it, stop it.

215तो जब टीचर्स ऐसा कुछ करती हैं तो बापदादा की , खास ब्रह्मा बाबा की आंखे नीचे हो जाती हैं . tō jab teachers aisā kuchh kartī haĩ tō bāpdādā key|kī , khās brahmā bābā key|kī āṅkhē nīchē hō jātī haĩ . tō jab teacher aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] tō bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , khās brahmā bābā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āṅkh[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nīchē hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . then when teacher such anything do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] then BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , x x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) eye down be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

350So when the teachers do something that is not right, then BapDada, and especially Brahma Baba, has to lower his eyes.

216इतना टीचर्स को अटेन्शन रखना चाहिए . itnā teachers kō attention rakhnā chāhiē . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] teacher kō[postp.] attention rakhnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rakhnā[.oblig3] . such teacher to attention (keep[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|keep[.oblig3]) .

351So the teachers should pay that much attention.

217टाइटल तो टीचर्स को बहुत अच्छा है , बैज भी बहुत जल्दी पहन लेते हो . title tō teachers kō bahut achchhā hai , badge bhī bahut jaldī pahan lētē hō . title tō teacher kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , badge bhī[p.] bahut jaldī pahannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . title then teacher to very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , badge too very very quickly x[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] . 218लेकिन टीचर का अर्थ ही है बाप समान . lēkin teacher kā arth|earth hī hai bāp samān . lēkin teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp samān[x] . but teacher of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] equal to the Father .

352You have a very good title of being a teacher, and you also very quickly put on the badge, but to be a teacher means to be equal to the Father.

219विशेष ब्रह्मा बाबा टीचर्स को दिल से प्यार करते हैं लेकिन कभी-कभी दृष्टि नीचे भी करनी पड़ती है . viśhēṣh brahmā bābā teachers kō dil sē pyār kartē haĩ lēkin kabhī-kabhī dr̥iṣhṭi nīchē bhī karnī paṛtī hai . viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā bābā[x] teacher kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin kabhī[adv.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] nīchē bhī[p.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . special x teacher to heart from love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but ever drishti down too do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .

353BapDada, and specially Brahma Baba, has a lot of love from the heart, but sometimes, he has to lower his eyes.

220तो ऐसे नहीं करना . tō aisē nahī̃ karnā . tō aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then it isn't that do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

354So do not do anything like that.

221बाकी अच्छा है , तामिलनाडु ने विस्तार अच्छा किया है और एक विशेषता ये भी है कि हैण्ड्स भी अपने निकालते जाते और सेवा भी बढ़ाते जाते . bākī achchhā hai , tāmilnāḍu nē vistār achchhā kiyā hai aur ēk viśhēṣhtā yē bhī hai ki hands bhī apnē nikāltē jātē aur sēvā bhī baṛhātē jātē . bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , x nē[postp.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] hand bhī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nikālnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] baṛhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . (but|others) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x ∅ expansion achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and one speciality this too be[pres.sg.23] that hand too one’s own x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and service too increase[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

355But it is good that Tamil Nadu have brought about very good expansion. 356And one speciality is that you create your own hands and also increase service at the same time.

222तो ये भी अच्छी बात है . tō yē bhī achchhī bāt hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then this too achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .

357This is something very good also.

223हैण्ड्स तैयार भी करना और सेवा भी बढ़ाना - दोनों ही करना . hands taiyār bhī karnā aur sēvā bhī baṛhānā - dōnō̃ hī karnā . hand taiyār[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - dōnō̃ hī[p.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . hand x too do[inf.m.sg.d.] and service too increase[inf.m.sg.d.] - x only do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

358You have to do both: create your own hands and also increase service.

224आन्ध्र प्रदेशāndhra pradēśhāndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.]Andhra x225आन्ध्र प्रदेश में एक विशेषता ब्राह्मण परिवार की है जो वहाँ से एक लाडला बच्चा निकला राजु , तो उस एक ने एक एग्ज़ाम्पल बन अनेक वी . आई . पी . , आई . पी . की सर्विस कर सैम्पल बनाया . āndhra pradēśh mē̃ ēk viśhēṣhtā brāhmaṇ parivār kī hai jō vahā̃ sē ēk lāḍlā bachchā nikalā rāju , tō us ēk nē ēk ēgzāmpal ban anēk V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P . , I|āī|eye . pī|P . key|kī service kar sample banāyā . āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] vahā̃ sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x , tō vah[pn.sg.o.] ēk[adj.] nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] x ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] anēk[adj.] V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . , I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] sample banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Andhra x in one speciality Brahmin family do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that there from one x child be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] x , then that one ∅ one x (x|become[root]) many (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . , (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service do[root] sample create[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

359Andhra Pradesh:In Andhra Pradesh, the Brahmin family have had one speciality of having created the special soul Raju, who alone became an example and served the VIPs and IPs and made them samples.

226सेवा बहुत होती है लेकिन इसने हिम्मत रख करके एक एग्ज़ाम्पल स्थापन किया और वैसे भी आन्ध्र में वी . आई . पी . , आई . पी . ज्यादा ही हैं . sēvā bahut hōtī hai lēkin isnē himmat rakh karkē ēk ēgzāmpal sthāpan kiyā aur vaisē bhī āndhra mē̃ V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P . , I|āī|eye . pī|P . jyādā hī haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.nē] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[root] karnā[abs.] ēk[adj.] x sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . , I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . service very be[pres.sg.f.23] but this[.nē] courage keep[root] do[abs.] one x establishment do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and x too Andhra in (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . , (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . more only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

360A lot of service takes place, but he maintained courage and created an example and anyway, there are many VIPs and IPs in Andhra.

227चाहे वो किसी भी देश में चले जाते हैं लेकिन आन्ध्र के आई . पी . , वी . आई . पी . चारों ओर बहुत होते हैं . chāhē vō kisī bhī dēśh mē̃ chalē jātē haĩ lēkin āndhra K|kē I|āī|eye . pī|P . , V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P . chārō̃ ōr bahut hōtē haĩ . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] lēkin āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . , V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . chārō̃ ōr[x] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) that (some|anything) too land in (continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) but Andhra (K|of) (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . , (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . everywhere very be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

361Even if they go away to other places, there are many VIPs and IPs from Andhra all over the place.

228तो आन्ध्र ने जैसे एक एग्ज़ाम्पल तैयार किया , ऐसे ये विकल्प विनाश का एग्ज़ाम्पल भी आन्ध्र को दिखाना है . tō āndhra nē jaisē ēk ēgzāmpal taiyār kiyā , aisē yē vikalp vināśh kā ēgzāmpal bhī āndhra kō dikhānā hai . tō āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] x taiyār[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.pl.d.] vikalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bhī[p.] āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dikhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Andhra ∅ like one x x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , such this x destruction of x too Andhra to x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

362So, just as Andhra created an example, in the same way, Andhra has to become an example in destroying sinful thoughts.

229तैयार हैं  ? taiyār haĩ  ? taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

363Are you ready for this?

230आन्ध्रा वाली टीचर्स उठो . āndhrā vālī teachers uṭhō . āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Andhra Pradesh those who teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

364Teachers from Andhra, stand up!

231अच्छा , टीचर्स तो बहुत हैं . achchhā , teachers tō bahut haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , teacher tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha , teacher then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

365Achcha, there are many teachers.

232अभी ये भी एग्ज़ाम्पल दिखायेंगे . abhī yē bhī ēgzāmpal dikhāyēṅgē . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] x dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now this too x x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

366It is good. 367Now, you will also show examples.

233देखो कितना अच्छा रत्न निकला और एडवांस पार्टी में भी अच्छा पार्ट बजा रहे हैं . dēkhō kitnā achchhā ratna nikalā aur advance party mē̃ bhī achchhā part bajā rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur advance party[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so achcha jewel be extracted[past-part.m.sg.d.] and advance party in too achcha play one's part .

368Just look at how such a good example emerged and he is also playing a very good part in the advanced party.

234तो करेंगे ना  ! tō karē̃gē nā  ! tō karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! then do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

369So you will do this, will you not?

235खिटखिट नहीं होनी चाहिए . khiṭkhiṭ nahī̃ hōnī chāhiē . khiṭ-khiṭ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . complication not be[.oblig3] .

370There shouldn't be any conflict.

236खिटखिट खत्म . khiṭkhiṭ khatm . khiṭ-khiṭ ḵẖatm[adj.] . complication finished .

371All conflict should now be finished.

237विजय का झण्डा हर सेवाकेन्द्र पर लहराये . vijay kā jhaṇḍā her|har sēvākēndra par laharāyē . vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] her|harnā[root]|har sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] laharānā[opt.sg.23] . victory of flag (x|x[root]) centre (at|other) hoist[opt.sg.23] .

372The flag of victory should be hoisted at every centre.

238ये नहीं बापदादा सुने कि फलाने सेन्टर पर खिटखिट है इसलिए फलानी दादी को भेजो . yē nahī̃ bāpdādā sunē ki phalānē centre par khiṭkhiṭ hai isliē phalānī dādī kō bhējō . yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] bāpdādā sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sunnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre par[postp.]|par[adj.] khiṭ-khiṭ hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē phalānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this not BapDada (listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|listen[opt.sg.23]) that x centre (at|other) complication be[pres.sg.23] therefore x Dadi to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

373BapDada shouldn't have to hear that because there was conflict at a particular centre, such­and­such a Dadi was sent there.

239ये नहीं होना चाहिए . yē nahī̃ hōnā chāhiē . yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . this not (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

374It shouldn't be like this.

240ऐसे थोड़ा-थोड़ा बीचबी च में खेल करते है . aisē thōṛā-thōṛā bīcabī cha mē̃ khēl kartē hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x cha mē̃[postp.] khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[x] . such short x x in (play[root]|play) do[x] .

375The teachers sometimes do such things now and then. 376The teachers play such games.

241अभी खत्म . abhī khatm . ab[adv.hī] ḵẖatm[adj.] . now finished .

377Now, all of that should be finished.

242पहले टीचर्स खत्म करेंगी तभी वायब्रेशन्स फैलेगा . pahlē teachers khatm karē̃gī tabhī vibrations phailēgā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] teacher ḵẖatm[adj.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] tabhī vibration phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (x|firstly) teacher finished do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] x vibrations spread[fut.m.sg.23] .

378Only when the teachers first finish it will the vibrations (of no more conflict) then spread.

243ये सूक्ष्म वायब्रेशन्स है . yē sūkṣhma vibrations hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] vibration hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this subtle vibrations be[pres.sg.23] .

379These are very subtle vibrations.

244आप समझेंगे एक ने किया ना , सभी को क्या पता  ? āp samajhē̃gē ēk nē kiyā nā , sabhī kō kyā patā  ? āp[pn.pl.] samajhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ēk[adj.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kyā patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]  ? you understand[fut.m.pl.12hon3] one ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ , all to what knowledge  ?

380You would think that one person has done this, so how would everyone know anyway?

245लेकिन वायब्रेशन ऐसी चीज़ है जो न पता होते भी … . lēkin vibration aisī chīz hai jō na patā hōtē bhī … . lēkin vibration aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] na[neg] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] … . but vibrations such thing be[pres.sg.23] that not knowledge be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too … . 246मैंने सिर्फ किया , नहीं . mainnē sirph kiyā , nahī̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.nē] sirph[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , nahī̃[neg] . I[.nē] only do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , not . 247मैंने सभी बाबा के सेवाकेन्द्रों का वायब्रेशन खराब किया . mainnē sabhī bābā K|kē sēvākēndrō̃ kā vibration kharāb kiyā . maĩ[pn.sg.nē] sab[adv.hī] bābā K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvākēndra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration kharāb[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . I[.nē] all Baba (K|of) centre of vibrations bad do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

381However, vibrations are such that even if no one knows about something, one doesn't just do one thing wrong, one spoils the vibrations of all of Baba's centres.

248इतनी ज़िम्मेवारी हर एक टीचर के ऊपर है . itnī zimmēvārī har ēk teacher kē ūpar hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] har ēk[x] teacher kē ūpar[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such responsibility each one teacher over be[pres.sg.23] .

382Each teacher has this much responsibility.

249बैज पहनना तो बहुत अच्छा है . badge pahannā tō bahut achchhā hai . badge pahannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . badge x[inf.m.sg.d.] then very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

383It is very good to wear a badge.

250अच्छा भी लगता है . achchhā bhī lagtā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha too x[pres.sg.m.23] .

384You also like wearing it.

251सभी एक जैसा बैज पहन कर बैठती हैं तो अच्छा लगता है लेकिन बैज की लाज रखना . sabhī ēk jaisā badge pahan kar baiṭhtī haĩ tō achchhā lagtā hai lēkin badge key|kī lāj rakhnā . sab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badge pahannā[root] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+baiṭhnā] tō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin badge key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] lāz[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all one like badge x[root] do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+baiṭhnā] then enjoy but badge (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) honour keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .

385When all of you are sitting together, each one wearing a similar badge, it feels good. 386However you have to maintain the honour of the badge.

252अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

387Achcha.

253कर्नाटकkarnāṭakkarnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.]Karnataka254बैंगलोर आया है . Bangalore āyā hai . Bangalore ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

388Karnataka: Achcha, those from Bangalore have come.

255बैंगलोर की विशेषता है कि जगदम्बा सरस्वती माँ ने बैंगलोर में बहुत-बहुत सेवा कर बीज डाला है . Bangalore key|kī viśhēṣhtā hai ki jagadambā sarasvatī mā̃ nē Bangalore mē̃ bahut-bahut sēvā kar bīj ḍālā hai . Bangalore key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jagadambā[x] sarasvatī[x] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] Bangalore mē̃[postp.] bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality be[pres.sg.23] that Jagadamba Saraswati mother ∅ x in very service do[root] seed create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

389The speciality of Bangalore is that mother Saraswati, Jagadamba, did a lot of service in Bangalore and sowed many seeds.

256बाम्बे और बैंगलोर में किया है . bāmbē aur Bangalore mē̃ kiyā hai . bāmbē aur Bangalore mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Bombay and x in do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

390She did that in Bombay and in Bangalore.

257तो बाम्बे को और बैंगलोर को जगदम्बा माँ के बीज का सदा फल देना है . tō bāmbē kō aur Bangalore kō jagadambā mā̃ K|kē bīj kā sadā phal dēnā hai . tō bāmbē kō[postp.] aur Bangalore kō[postp.] jagadambā[x] mā̃[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sadā phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then Bombay to and x to Jagadamba mother (K|of) seed of constantly fruit give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

391So, those from Bombay and Bangalore have to constantly give the fruit of the seeds sown by mother Jagadamba.

258और देखा जाये तो बैंगलोर के जो विशेष सेवाधारी हैं वो हैं भी जगदम्बा के पालना के फल . aur dēkhā jāyē tō Bangalore K|kē jō viśhēṣh sēvādhārī haĩ vō haĩ bhī jagadambā K|kē pālnā K|kē phal . aur dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] tō Bangalore K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bhī[p.] jagadambā[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] . and see[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] then x (K|of) that special server be[pres.pl.12hon3] that be[pres.pl.12hon3] too Jagadamba (K|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) (K|of) fruit .

392And, infect, the special serviceable souls in Bangalore are the fruit of the sustenance given by Jagadamba.

259तो बैंगलोर वालों को , जैसे जगदम्बा सम्पूर्ण बन भिन्न नाम-रूप में सेवा के निमित्त है , ऐसे जगदम्बा का नाम बाला करना है . tō Bangalore vālō̃ kō , jaisē jagadambā sampūrṇ ban bhinn nām-rūp mē̃ sēvā kē nimitt hai , aisē jagadambā kā nām bālā karnā hai . tō Bangalore vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jagadambā[x] sampūrṇ[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] bhinn[adj.] nām rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jagadambā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then x those who to , like Jagadamba complete (x|become[root]) different name and form in service x be[pres.sg.23] , such Jagadamba of name x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

393Therefore, those from Bangalore have to glorify the name of Jagadamba, just as Jagadamba, having becoming perfect, has now become an instrument to do service through a different name and form.

260वैसे बैंगलोर का वायुमण्डल दुनिया के हिसाब से भी औरों से कुछ अच्छा है . vaisē Bangalore kā vāyumaṇḍal duniyā K|kē hisāb sē bhī aurō̃ sē kuchh achchhā hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] Bangalore kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] aurō̃ sē[postp.] kuchh achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x x of atmosphere world (K|of) account from too others from anything achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

394In fact, the atmosphere in Bangalore is still a little better than in other places, and there is also a lot of service there.

261सेवा भी है बहुत . sēvā bhī hai bahut . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bahut . service too be[pres.sg.23] very . 262अभी सेवा को निरव्यर्थ संकल्प बनाना-ये बैंगलोर का काम है . abhī sēvā kō nirvyarth saṅkalp banānā-yē Bangalore kā kām hai . ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nirvyarth[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x Bangalore kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now service to x thought x x of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] .

395Now, it is the duty of Bangalore to make service in Bangalore completely free from any waste thoughts.

263समझा  ? samjhā  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

396Do you understand?

264बैंगलोर की टीचर्स उठो . Bangalore key|kī teachers uṭhō . Bangalore key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

397Teachers of Bangalore, standup! 398It is good.

265अच्छा है , निर्विघ्न बनाना है ना  ? achchhā hai , nirvighna banānā hai nā  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nirvighna[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ? achcha be[pres.sg.23] , free from obstacles create[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  ?

399You have to make it free from obstacles, do you not?

266कि थोड़ी-थोड़ी खिटखिट अच्छी लगती है  ? ki thōṛī-thōṛī khiṭkhiṭ achchhī lagtī hai  ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khiṭ-khiṭ achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? that short complication achcha x[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

400Or, do you enjoy a little conflict?

267तो नम्बरवन जगदम्बा की पालना का फल बैंगलोर को अवश्य देना है . tō number one jagadambā key|kī pālnā kā phal Bangalore kō avaśhya dēnā hai . tō number one jagadambā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bangalore kō[postp.] avaśhya dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then number one Jagadamba (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) of fruit x to x give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

401So Bangalore definitely has to give the fruit of the number one sustenance received from mother Jagadamba.

268समझा  ? samjhā  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

402Do you understand?

269राजस्थानrājasthānrājasthānx

403Achcha.

270राजस्थान क्या करेगा  ? rājasthān kyā karēgā  ? rājasthān kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? x what do[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

404Students of Bangalore, raise your hands!

271राजस्थान की एक सेवा बहुत काल से बापदादा ने कही है लेकिन हुई नहीं . rājasthān key|kī ēk sēvā bahut kāl sē bāpdādā nē kahī hai lēkin huī nahī̃ . rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ēk[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut kal sē[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin hōnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one service very x from BapDada ∅ say[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but be[past-part.f.] not .

405All those from Karnataka! 406You are sitting at the back. 407Achcha. 408Rajasthan:Achcha, what will Rajasthan do?

272राजस्थान की मिनिस्ट्री को बहुत समीप लाना चाहिए . rājasthān key|kī ministry kō bahut samīp lānā chāhiē . rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ministry kō[postp.] bahut samīp[adj.] lānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lānā[.oblig3] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x to very close (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) .

409For a long time, BapDada has been telling Rajasthan to do a particular service, but as yet, it hasn't been done.

273चाहे मिनिस्टर हो , चाहे सेक्रेटरी , लेकिन एक बार राजस्थान को कमाल करके दिखानी चाहिए . chāhē minister hō , chāhē secretary , lēkin ēk bār rājasthān kō kamāl karkē dikhānī chāhiē . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] minister hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] secretary , lēkin ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] rājasthān kō[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[.oblig3] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) minister (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) secretary , but one time x to x do[abs.] x[.oblig3] .

410You should bring the administration of Rajasthan very close. 411Whether it is the minister or the secretary, Rajasthan should at least perform this wonder once.

274चाहे किसकी भी मदद लो . chāhē kiskī bhī madad lō|low . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kaun[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) who[.kī] too x (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .

412Take whoever's help you need to.

275सभी मदद देंगे . sabhī madad dēgē . sab[adv.hī] madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . all x give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

413Everyone will give their co­operation.

276लेकिन राजस्थान की गवर्नमेंट के विशेष ऑफिसर्स का एक कम से कम 20-25 का ग्रुप लाना चाहिए . lēkin rājasthān key|kī government K|kē viśhēṣh officers kā ēk kam sē kam 20-25 kā group lānā chāhiē . lēkin rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] government K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] officer kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] kam sē kam[x] 20-25 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group lānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|lānā[.oblig3] . but x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) government (K|of) special officer of one at least 20-25 of group (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) . 277क्योंकि राजस्थान का प्रभाव सारे इण्डिया पर पड़ता है . kyōṅki rājasthān kā prabhāv sārē india par paṛtā hai . kyōṅki rājasthān kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] India par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because x of x the whole India (at|other) fall[pres.sg.m.23] .

414However, you should bring a group here of twenty to twenty­five special officers of the Government of Rajasthan, because Rajasthan is able to influence the whole of India, just as the service in Delhi would glorify your name in the whole world.

278जैसे दिल्ली की सेवा वर्ल्ड में नाम बाला करती है . jaisē dillī key|kī sēvā world mē̃ nām bālā kartī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] world mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] karnā[pres.sg.f.23] . like Delhi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service world in name x do[pres.sg.f.23] . 279चाहे जिज्ञासु बने , नहीं बने , लेकिन राजस्थान के इतने लोग यहाँ इकट्ठे होकर आये , तो यहाँ के जो छोटे-मोटे ऑफिसर्स हैं उनका भी कुछ दिमाग खुले . chāhē jigyāsu banē , nahī̃ banē , lēkin rājasthān K|kē itnē lōg yahā̃ ikaṭṭhē hōkar āyē , tō yahā̃ K|kē jō chhōṭē-mōṭē officers haĩ unkā bhī kuchh dimāg khulē . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jigyāsu[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] , lēkin rājasthān K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahā̃ ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō yahā̃ K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] chhōṭā-mōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] officer hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] kuchh dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|khulnā[opt.sg.23] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , not (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) , but x (K|of) such people here together be[abs.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , then here (K|of) that small or big officer be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.kā] too anything head (open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x|open up[opt.sg.23]) .

415Whether they become students or not doesn't matter, but a group of so many from Rajasthan should come here together, so that the intellects of the junior officers here also open up. 416The Prime Minister of Mauritius just visited recently, and what about the ministry of Rajasthan?

280अभी मॉरीशियस का आ गया , और राजस्थान  ? abhī Mauritius kā ā gayā , aur rājasthān  ? ab[adv.hī] Mauritius kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , aur rājasthān  ? now Mauritius of come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , and x  ?

417So Rajasthan has to do this service, in one way or another.

281तो राजस्थान को यह सेवा किसी भी रीति से करनी चाहिए . tō rājasthān kō yah sēvā kisī bhī rīti sē karnī chāhiē . tō rājasthān kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] karnā[.oblig3] . then x to this service (some|anything) too way from do[.oblig3] .

418Take help from whomsoever you want, but create such a group.

282चाहे किसी से भी मदद लो , ग्रुप बनाओ . chāhē kisī sē bhī madad lō|low , group banāō . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low , group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) (some|anything) from too x (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) , group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

419Wherever you ask, you will receive help from there.

283जहाँ से कहेंगे वहाँ से मदद मिलेगी . jahā̃ sē kahē̃gē vahā̃ sē madad milēgī . jahā̃ sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vahā̃ sē[postp.] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . where there from say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] there from x receive[fut.f.sg.23] .

420You will receive help, will you not?

284लेकिन एक बारी आबू वालों की आँख खुलनी चाहिए और वो ही ऑफिसर्स यहाँ भाषण करें , अनुभव सुनायें तो आबू वाले देखो पीछे-पीछे … . lēkin ēk bārī ābū vālō̃ key|kī ā̃kh khulnī chāhiē aur vō hī officers yahā̃ bhāṣhaṇ karē̃ , anubhav sunāyē̃ tō ābū vālē dēkhō pīchhē-pīchhē … . lēkin ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ābū vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x khulnā[.oblig3] aur vah[pn.;d.] hī[p.] officer yahā̃ bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō ābū vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pīchhē … . but one x Abu those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x open up[.oblig3] and that only officer here lecture do[opt.pl.12hon3] , experience speak[opt.pl.12hon3] then Abu those who see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x … .

421Once the eyes of those from Abu open, those same officers should give a lecture here, and relate their own experience, so that those of Abu can see for themselves...

285नहीं तो एक तरफ सेवा होती और दूसरे तरफ आबू वाले मज़ाक करते रहते हैं . nahī̃ tō ēk taraph sēvā hōtī aur dūsrē taraph ābū vālē mazāk kartē rahtē haĩ . nahī̃ tō[x] ēk taraph[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] aur dūsrē taraph[x] ābū vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mazāk[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . otherwise x service be[pres-part.f.] and x Abu those who x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

422Otherwise, on the one hand, you continue to serve others and on the other hand, those from Abu laugh at you.

286तो राजस्थान को बापदादा की ये एक आशा पूर्ण करनी है . tō rājasthān kō bāpdādā key|kī yē ēk āśhā pūrṇ karnī hai . tō rājasthān kō[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] pūrṇ[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then x to BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this one desire x do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

423So Rajasthan has to fulfil this one desire of BapDada. 424Is it difficult?

287मुश्किल है क्या  ? muśhkil hai kyā  ? muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? difficult be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

425What does this one say?

288फिर यहाँ लड्डु बांटेंगे . phir yahā̃ laḍḍu bāṇṭē̃gē . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yahā̃ x bāṇṭnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) here x distribute[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

426Then you will distribute sweet balls of toli here.

289जो भी होंगे ना उनके मुख में लड्डु पड़ेगा . jō bhī hōṅgē nā unkē mukh mē̃ laḍḍu paṛēgā . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā vah[pn.pl.kē] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that[.kē] mouth in x fall[fut.m.sg.23] .

427Whoever happens to be here, he will be given a sweet ball of toli in his mouth.

290चाहे उदयपुर हो , चाहे जोधपुर , … जहाँ कार्य बढ़ता है वहाँ के लोग बहुत सहयोगी होने चाहिए . chāhē udayapur hō , chāhē jōdhpur , … jahā̃ kārya baṛhtā hai vahā̃ K|kē lōg bahut sahyōgī hōnē chāhiē . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jōdhpur[n.m.;sg.,d.] , … jahā̃ kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahā̃ K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[.oblig3] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) Jodhpur , … where there task grow[pres.sg.m.23] there (K|of) people very co-operative be[.oblig3] .

428In fact, it should happen like that. 429Whether it is Udaipur, Jaipur etc., wherever the work in increasing, the people there should be very co­operative.

291अभी देखो दिल्ली के ऑफिसर राजस्थान के ऑफिसर को हिम्मत देकर ठीक कर रहे हैं और वहाँ के बिल्कुल हिलते नहीं हैं . abhī dēkhō dillī K|kē officer rājasthān K|kē officer kō himmat dēkar ṭhīk kar rahē haĩ aur vahā̃ K|kē bilkul hiltē nahī̃ haĩ . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] officer rājasthān K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] officer kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur vahā̃ K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bilkul[adv.] hilnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Delhi (K|of) officer x (K|of) officer to courage give[abs.] OK do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and there (K|of) at all x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

430Even now, the officers of Delhi are encouraging the officers of Rajasthan and putting them right; the officers there have an absolutely stone­intellect, and they don't stir even a little.

292तो करो कमाल . tō karō kamāl . tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x .

431So now, perform some wonder.

293आबू वाले भी प्लैन बनाओ . ābū vālē bhī plan banāō . ābū vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Abu those who too plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

432Those from Abu should also make plans.

294बापदादा समझते हैं कि जब तक आबू वाले अच्छा नहीं कहते , चाहे अखबार में , चाहे मुख से नहीं बोलते तब तक सेवा की रिज़ल्ट पर्दे के अन्दर है . bāpdādā samajhtē haĩ ki jab tak ābū vālē achchhā nahī̃ kahtē , chāhē akhbār mē̃ , chāhē mukh sē nahī̃ bōltē tab tak sēvā key|kī result pardē K|kē andar hai . bāpdādā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] jab tak[x] ābū vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] akhbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tab tak[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result pardā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that as long as Abu those who achcha not say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) newspaper in , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) mouth from not speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result curtains (K|of) inside be[pres.sg.23] . 295प्रत्यक्ष नहीं होती . pratyakṣha nahī̃ hōtī . pratyakṣh[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . visible not be[pres-part.f.] .

433BapDada feels that until those from Abu say that this is something good, whether through the newspapers or through their words, the result of service here will remain hidden behind the curtains; it will not be revealed.

296तो राजस्थान के बड़े लोग छोटों को भी ठीक कर देंगे . tō rājasthān K|kē baṛē lōg chhōṭō̃ kō bhī ṭhīk kar dēgē . tō rājasthān K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . then x (K|of) very people small to too OK do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

434So the important people of Rajasthan will put the juniors here in their place.

297परमात्म कार्य और इतने छोटे ऑफिसर परमात्म कार्य के बीच में विघ्न रूप बनें तो ये हैं तो चींटी ना . paramātma kārya aur itnē chhōṭē officer paramātma kārya K|kē bīch mē̃ vighna rūp banē̃ tō yē haĩ tō chīṇṭī nā . paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] officer paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō chīṇṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nā . Supreme Soul task and such small officer Supreme Soul task (K|of) centre in obstacle Rup become[opt.pl.12hon3] then this be[pres.pl.12hon3] then ant ∅ .

435In a Godly task, if junior officers create obstacles, that is just like an ant.

298तो अभी कुछ हिलें . tō abhī kuchh hilē̃ . tō ab[adv.hī] kuchh hilnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . then now anything x[opt.pl.12hon3] .

436So now, something should stir.

299कमाल करके दिखाओ . kamāl karkē dikhāō . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

437Show some wonders.

300प्लैन बनाओ . plan banāō . plan banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . plan create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

438Create plans.

301एक बार इन तीन-चार मुख्य स्थानों की सेवा लगकर करनी चाहिए . ēk bār in tīn-chār mukhya sthānō̃ key|kī sēvā lagkar karnī chāhiē . ēk[adj.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in tīn-chār[adj.] mukhya[adj.] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[abs.] karnā[.oblig3] . one time (this|in) x main place (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service x[abs.] do[.oblig3] .

439You should, atone time, serve these three to four places continuously.

302ऐसे नहीं , जब काम पड़ा तो काम के टाइम भागते हैं और काम पूरा हुआ तो खत्म . aisē nahī̃ , jab kām paṛā tō kām K|kē time bhāgtē haĩ aur kām pūrā huā tō khatm . aisē nahī̃[x] , jab kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time bhāgnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ḵẖatm[adj.] . it isn't that , when (task|lust) fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] then (task|lust) (K|of) time run[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and (task|lust) full be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then finished .

440It shouldn't be that when you need their help, you run to them, and when your task is finished, you finish it there.

303वैसे तो राजस्थान के ब्राह्मणों को बहुत नशा है ना कि राजस्थान में ही मुख्य केन्द्र है . vaisē tō rājasthān K|kē brāhmaṇō̃ kō bahut naśhā hai nā ki rājasthān mē̃ hī mukhya kēndra hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō rājasthān K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bahut naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ki[conj.] rājasthān mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] mukhya[adj.] kēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then x (K|of) Brahmin to very intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ that x in only main centre be[pres.sg.23] .

441In fact, Rajasthan has a lot of intoxication that the main headquarters are in Rajasthan. 442This is the fortune of Rajasthan, but now...

304ये राजस्थान का लक है लेकिन अभी इसी नशे से यह करके दिखाना . yē rājasthān kā luck hai lēkin abhī isī naśhē sē yah karkē dikhānā . yah[pn.pl.d.] rājasthān kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] luck hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.hī] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this x of luck be[pres.sg.23] but now this[.hī] intoxication from this do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

443At least the Brahmins have this intoxication. 444But now, with this intoxication, you have to perform this wonder.

305चारों ओर फैल जाये कि राजस्थान का सम्मेलन है . chārō̃ ōr phail jāyē ki rājasthān kā sammēlan hai . chārō̃ ōr[x] phailnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ki[conj.] rājasthān kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sammēlan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everywhere spread[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that x of x be[pres.sg.23] . 306राजस्थान का योग शिविर है . rājasthān kā yōg śhivir hai . rājasthān kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhivir[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x of yoga camp be[pres.sg.23] .

445It should spread everywhere that there is the conference in Rajasthan, that there are the Yoga camps in Rajasthan.

307फिर देखो आपके ये व्यापारी वगैरह सब आपेही कहेंगे हम भी बैठें . phir dēkhō āpkē yē vyāpārī vagairah sab āpēhī kahē̃gē ham bhī baiṭhē̃ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kē] yah[pn.pl.d.] vyāpārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vagairah sab[adj.] āpēhī kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (then|turn[root]) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kē] this businessman etc. all automatically say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] we too sit[opt.pl.12hon3] .

446Then just see; all these businessmen will themselves ask to come to these functions.

308अच्छा , तो राजस्थान यह कमाल करेगा . achchhā , tō rājasthān yah kamāl karēgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , tō rājasthān yah[pn.sg.d.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . achcha , then x this x do[fut.m.sg.23] . 309क्यों , हेड क्वार्टर की ज़िम्मेवारी राजस्थान पर है . kyō̃ , head quarter key|kī zimmēvārī rājasthān par hai . kyō̃ , head quarter key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rājasthān par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . why , head x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) responsibility x (at|other) be[pres.sg.23] .

447Achcha, Rajasthan will perform this wonder because Rajasthan has the responsibility of the headquarters. 448You have a huge crown.

310बहुत बड़ा ताज पड़ा है . bahut baṛā tāj paṛā hai . bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . very very crown fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

449All the students of Rajasthan, raise your hands!

311अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

450Achcha.

312पाण्डव भी कुछ हिम्मत करेंगे ना , हिम्मत करके दिखाओ . pāṇḍav bhī kuchh himmat karē̃gē nā , himmat karkē dikhāō . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kuchh himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Pandava too anything courage do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ , courage do[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

451Pandavs will also maintain courage and show some wonder, will you not?

313अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

452Achcha.

314राजस्थान की टीचर्स सामने बैठी हैं , ये तो बहुत टीचर्स हैं . rājasthān key|kī teachers sāmnē baiṭhī haĩ , yē tō bahut teachers haĩ . rājasthān key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] teacher sāmnē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō bahut teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) teacher x sit[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] , this then very teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

453The teachers of Rajasthan are sitting ahead of BapDada. 454Stand up! 455Let everyone see how many teachers there are.

315ये एक-एक टीचर एक-एक आई . पीज़ . को ला सकती हैं . yē ēk-ēk teacher ēk-ēk I|āī|eye . pīz . kō lā saktī haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] teacher ēk[adj.] I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . x . kō[postp.] lānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] . this one teacher one (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . x . to x[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+saknā] .

456There are many of you teachers. 457Each teacher can catch hold of one IP. 458There are many teachers.

316एक-एक को तो लाओ तो भी 20-25 का ग्रुप बन जायेगा . ēk-ēk kō tō lāō tō bhī 20-25 kā group ban jāyēgā . ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] tō lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō bhī[x] 20-25 kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group bannā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . one to then x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ 20-25 of group become[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

459O.K. if each one of you were to bring one, there would be a group of twenty to twenty­five at least.

317बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी टीचर्स हैं . bahut achchhī-achchhī teachers haĩ . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . very achcha teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

460Achcha. 461The teachers are very good.

318अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 319आगराāgrāāgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]Agra

462Agra: What will those from Agra do?

320आगरा वाले क्या कर रहे हैं  ? āgrā vālē kyā kar rahē haĩ  ? āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ? Agra those who what do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ?

463Achcha, what are those from Agra doing?

321आगरा वालों ने भी कोई नई कमाल करके दिखाई नहीं है . āgrā vālō̃ nē bhī kōī naī kamāl karkē dikhāī nahī̃ hai . āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|dikhānā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Agra those who ∅ too some new x do[abs.] (x|x[past-part.f.]) not be[pres.sg.23] .

464Those from Agra have also not performed any wonders. 465What wonder have you performed?

322होनी तो है ना  ! hōnī tō hai nā  ! hōnā[inf.f.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! be[inf.f.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

466It will happen, will it not?

323सारे विश्व में बाप का नाम बाला तो होना ही है . sārē viśhva mē̃ bāp kā nām bālā tō hōnā hī hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bālā[x] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole world in father of name x then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

467The Father's name is to be glorified in the entire world, is it not?

324लेकिन जो निमित्त बनता है उसको एक्स्ट्रा मार्क मिल जाती हैं . lēkin jō nimitt bantā hai uskō extra mark mil jātī haĩ . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] extra mark milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . but that instrument become[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] extra mark receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

468But those who become instruments for this receive extra marks.

325उसका पद , जितनी सेवा की उस अनुसार एड होकर मार्कस जमा होती जाती हैं . uskā pad , jitnī sēvā key|kī us anusār add hōkar marks jamā hōtī jātī haĩ . vah[pn.sg.kā] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vah[pn.sg.o.] anusār add hōnā[abs.] mark jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . that[.kā] status , the more service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) that according to add be[abs.] mark (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .

469Their status and their marks are increased according to the service each one does.

326समझो साधारण है लेकिन सेवा निर्विघ्न है , तो सेवा की मार्क्स एडीशन होने से साधारण राजा से आगे नम्बर में आ जाते हैं . samjhō sādhāraṇ hai lēkin sēvā nirvighna hai , tō sēvā key|kī marks addition hōnē sē sādhāraṇ rājā sē āgē number mē̃ ā jātē haĩ . samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sādhāraṇ[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nirvighna[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mark addition hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āgē number mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ordinary be[pres.sg.23] but service free from obstacles be[pres.sg.23] , then service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) mark addition be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from ordinary king from previously number in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

470For instance, if someone does ordinary service, but it is free from any obstacles, then because it is added in the account of service, they claim a number ahead of that of an ordinary king.

327और आगे-आगे जाते आखिर विश्व महाराजा के रॉयल फैमिली में आ जाते हैं . aur āgē-āgē jātē ākhir viśhva mahārājā K|kē royal family mē̃ ā jātē haĩ . aur āgē jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ākhir viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahārājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] royal family[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and previously go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] at last world emperor (K|of) royal family in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

471And moving forward in this way, they become part of the royal family of the world emperor.

328तो ये करना है ना  ! tō yē karnā hai nā  ! tō yah[pn.pl.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā  ! then this do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅  !

472So you have to do this, do you not?

329आगरा भी कमाल करेगा . āgrā bhī kamāl karēgā . āgrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . Agra too x do[fut.m.sg.23] .

473Agra will also perform wonders.

330बापदादा को तो सदा ही सभी बच्चों में आशायें रहती हैं और वो भी आशाओं के दीपक जगे हुए . bāpdādā kō tō sadā hī sabhī bachchō̃ mē̃ āśhāyē̃ rahtī haĩ aur vō bhī āśhāō̃ K|kē dīpak jagē huē . bāpdādā kō[postp.] tō sadā hī[p.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] aur vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dīpak[x] jagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jagnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . BapDada to then constantly only all child in desire remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] and that too desire (K|of) x (wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|wake up[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

474BapDada constantly has hope in all the children and those lamps of hopes are constantly ignited. 475Each child is an ignited lamp of BapDada's hopes.

331हर एक बच्चा जगे हुए आशाओं के दीपक हैं . har ēk bachchā jagē huē āśhāō̃ K|kē dīpak haĩ . har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jagnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dīpak[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . each one child (wake up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|wake up[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] desire (K|of) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

476So perform wonders. 477Achcha. 478Those from Agra, raise your hands!

332तो कमाल करके दिखाना . tō kamāl karkē dikhānā . tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x do[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] .

479Teachers of Agra, stand up!

333देखेंगे , ये कितने समय में कमाल करते हैं . dēkhē̃gē , yē kitnē samay mē̃ kamāl kartē haĩ . dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this so time in x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

480Now perform some wonders. 481We shall see how long you take to perform some wonders.

334ठीक है ना  ? ṭhīk hai nā  ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

482Is this O.K.?

335अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

483Achcha.

336डबल विदेशीdouble vidēśhīdouble vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.]double foreigner337डबल विदेशी क्या करेंगे  ? double vidēśhī kyā karē̃gē  ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? double foreigner what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

484Double foreigners:What will the double foreigners do?

338डबल कमाल करेंगे . double kamāl karē̃gē . double kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . double x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

485You will perform double wonders.

339डबल विदेशियों की ये विशेषता अच्छी है कि सेवा के बिना उन्हों को चैन नहीं आता , मज़ा नहीं आता . double vidēśhiyō̃ key|kī yē viśhēṣhtā achchhī hai ki sēvā K|kē binā unhō̃ kō chain nahī̃ ātā , mazā nahī̃ ātā . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.pl.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] binā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] chain[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . double foreigner (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this speciality achcha be[pres.sg.23] that service (K|of) without that to comfort not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , pleasure not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

486The speciality of the double foreigners is very good in that they cannot rest without doing any service; they don't enjoy themselves without this.

340उनको सेवा बहुत चाहिए . unkō sēvā bahut chāhiē . vah[pn.pl.kō] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon]|chāhiē . that[.kō] service very (x[imp.pl.2hon]|should) .

487They need a lot of service.

341और उमंग-उत्साह से चाहे टाइम कम मिलता है , थक भी जाते हैं , स्थूल काम करते हैं , लेकिन फिर भी सेवा के लिए एवररेडी रहते हैं , सेवा के लिए बुलावा हो तो बैठेंगे या भागेंगे  ? aur umaṅg-utsāh sē chāhē time cum|kam miltā hai , thak bhī jātē haĩ , sthūl kām kartē haĩ , lēkin phir bhī sēvā kē liē ever ready rahtē haĩ , sēvā kē liē bulāvā hō tō baiṭhē̃gē yā bhāgē̃gē  ? aur umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] time cum|kam[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , thaknā, phathaknā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sthūl[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin phir bhī[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] ever ready rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] bulāvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā bhāgnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? and zeal and enthusiasm from (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) time (x|less) receive[pres.sg.m.23] , become desperate[root] too go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , physical (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but nevertheless service for ever-ready remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , service for invitation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or run[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

488And they do it with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm. 489Even if they have very little time, even if they get tired, even if it is physical service, they still remain ever­ready for doing service. 490What would you do if you were called for service? 491Would you remain seated where you were or would you run to it?

342भागेंगे . bhāgē̃gē . bhāgnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . run[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

492You would run to it.

343तो सेवा का उमंग-उत्साह यही आप डबल विदेशी आत्माओं की सेफ्टी का साधन है . tō sēvā kā umaṅg-utsāh yahī āp double vidēśhī ātmāō̃ key|kī safety kā sādhan hai . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] safety kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then service of zeal and enthusiasm this you double foreigner soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) safety of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .

493So the zeal and enthusiasm for doing service is the means of safety for you double­foreign souls. 494Since you are engaged in service, you are safe from Maya.

344सेवा में लगे हुए हो तो माया से भी बचे हुए हो . sēvā mē̃ lagē huē hō tō māyā sē bhī bachē huē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bachnā[opt.sg.23]|bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . service in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] then Maya from too (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

495When Maya sees that you do not have any time, she runs away.

345माया भी देखती है कि इन्हों को फुरसत नहीं है इसलिए वो भी वापस चली जाती है . māyā bhī dēkhtī hai ki inhō̃ kō phursat nahī̃ hai isliē vō bhī vāpas chalī jātī hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] phursat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] vāpis, vāpas chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] . Maya too see[pres.sg.f.23] that this to time not be[pres.sg.23] therefore that too back (continue[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) .

496And secondly, you check yourselves very well with great honesty in your efforts, and this honesty reaches BapDada.

346और दूसरी बात अपने पुरूषार्थ में सच्चाई से अपनी चेकिंग अच्छी करते हैं , वो सच्चाई बापदादा के पास पहुँचती है . aur dūsrī bāt apnē purūṣhārth mē̃ sachchāī sē apnī checking achchhī kartē haĩ , vō sachchāī bāpdādā kē pās pahũchtī hai . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] sachchāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] checking achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.;d.] sachchāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and other matter one’s own effort in truth from one’s own x achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that truth BapDada to reach[pres.sg.f.23] . 347और सच्चाई बापदादा को प्रिय है . aur sachchāī bāpdādā kō priya hai . aur sachchāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] priy[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and truth BapDada to having love for be[pres.sg.23] .

497BapDada loves honesty. 498And, as a result of your honesty, you also receive special help from BapDada. 499Even if a weakness comes, because of having love for the Father and for service, even this enables you to receive extra help for your courage.

348इसलिए सच्चाई के फलस्वरूप बापदादा द्वारा विशेष मदद भी मिलती है . isliē sachchāī K|kē phalsvarūp bāpdādā dvārā viśhēṣh madad bhī miltī hai . isliē sachchāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phalsvarūp bāpdādā dvārā viśhēṣh[adj.] madad[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . therefore truth (K|of) x BapDada through special x too receive[pres.sg.f.23] .

500Do you understand? 501Do you understand? 502Raise your hands. 503Achcha, there are souls from everywhere.

349चाहे कोई कमज़ोरी आ भी जाती है लेकिन बाप और सेवा से प्यार होने के कारण वो भी एक्स्ट्रा हिम्मत की मदद दिलाते हैं . chāhē kōī kamzōrī ā bhī jātī hai lēkin bāp aur sēvā sē pyār hōnē K|kē kāraṇ vō bhī extra himmat key|kī madad dilātē haĩ . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kōī[pn.;d.] kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] extra himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) some weakness come[root] too go[pres.sg.f.23] but father and service from love be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) because that too extra courage (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

504Achcha, (speaking to brother Rick from Tampa): This one is BapDada's original jewel. 505And this one (Brother Nizar from Nairobi) is like a moth on the Flame; he cannot stay without stopping here.

350समझा  ? samjhā  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

506It is good.

351अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  ! 352सभी तरफ के हैं . sabhī taraph K|kē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all direction (K|of) be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 353मौरिशियस ने तो कमाल की . mauriśiyas nē tō kamāl key|kī . x nē[postp.] tō kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . x ∅ then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) . 354क्योंकि कोई भी विदेशी वी . आई . पी . या आई . पी . इण्डिया में आकर अपने देश से यहाँ का प्रोग्राम सेट करे और कराये-ये एक एक्जैम्पुल मॉरिशियस ने दिखाया . kyōṅki kōī bhī vidēśhī V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P . yā I|āī|eye . pī|P . india mē̃ ākar apnē dēśh sē yahā̃ kā programme set karē aur karāyē-yē ēk example môriśiyas nē dikhāyā . kyōṅki kōī bhī[x] vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . yā I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . India mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahā̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme set karnā[opt.sg.23] aur x ēk[adj.] example x nē[postp.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . because anyone foreigner (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . or (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . India in come[abs.] one’s own land from here of programme set do[opt.sg.23] and x one example x ∅ x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

507Mauritius has also performed wonders because Mauritius has shown the example of a foreign VIP or IP coming to India by fixing a programme from their own country. 508You opened the door for the IPs and VIPs to come. 509Congratulations to those from Mauritius.

355दरवाजा खोल दिया , वी . आई . पी . , आई . पी . का . darvājā khōl diyā , V|we . I|āī|eye . pī|P . , I|āī|eye . pī|P . kā . darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , V|we . I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . , I|ānā[past-part.f.]|eye . pīnā[root]|P|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . door open[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] , (x) . (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . , (x|come[past-part.f.]|eye) . (drink[root]|P.|drink[past-part.f.]) . of .

510Stand up, those from Mauritius!

356तो मॉरिशियस वालों को मुबारक . tō môriśiyas vālō̃ kō mubārak . tō x vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then x those who to congratulations .

511You have performed a very good wonder.

357कहते हैं , बड़े तो बड़े छोटे शुभान अल्लाह . kahtē haĩ , baṛē tō baṛē chhōṭē śhubhān allāh . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] subhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very then very small x Allah .

512It is said: Big ones are great, but little ones are equal to God.

358तो मॉरिशियस ने शुभान अल्लाह करके दिखाया . tō môriśiyas nē śhubhān allāh karkē dikhāyā . tō x nē[postp.] subhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] allāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . then x ∅ x Allah do[abs.] x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

513So Mauritius proved themselves to be equal to God.

359बहुत अच्छा , मुबारक . bahut achchhā , mubārak . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . very achcha , congratulations .

514It is very good. 515Congratulations.

360अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

516Achcha.

361मधुबन , ज्ञान सरोवर , हॉस्पिटल , तलहटीmadhuban , gyān sarōvar , hospital , talahṭīmadhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , gyān sarōvar[x] , hospital , talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]Madhuban , Gyan Sarovar , hospital , x362हर एक अपना नाम समझे . har ēk apnā nām samajhē . har ēk[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|samajhnā[opt.sg.23] . each one (one’s own|adopt[root]) name (understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|understand[opt.sg.23]) .

517Madhuban, Gyan Sarovar, Hospital and Talheti:Each one should consider yourself to be personally included.

363बापदादा अभी मधुबन में तो आते ही रहेंगे . bāpdādā abhī madhuban mē̃ tō ātē hī rahē̃gē . bāpdādā ab[adv.hī] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada now Madhuban in then come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

518BapDada will continue to come in Madhuban now anyway.

364तो हर एक चाहे मधुबन हो , चाहे डबल मधुबन , चाहे उपसेवाकेन्द्र हैं , चाहे गीता पाठशालायें हैं , सभी को बापदादा की याद-प्यार मिल रही है और मिलती रहेगी . tō har ēk chāhē madhuban hō , chāhē double madhuban , chāhē upsēvākēndra haĩ , chāhē gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ haĩ , sabhī kō bāpdādā key|kī yād-pyār mil rahī hai aur miltī rahēgī . tō har ēk[x] chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] double madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] up-sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur milnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . then each one (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) Madhuban (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) double Madhuban , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) Gita pathshala be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all to BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) love, remembrance receive[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and receive[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

519So each one, whether from Madhuban, from double Madhuban or any sub centre or a Gita Pathshala, all of you are receiving love and remembrance from BapDada and will continue to receive them.

365नेपालnēpālnēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]x366 ( नेपाल का नाम भूल गये ) तो नेपाल भूलने का अर्थ है कि आप गुप्त महारथी हो . ( nēpāl kā nām bhūl gayē ) tō nēpāl bhūlnē kā arth|earth hai ki āp gupta mahārathī hō . ( nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) tō nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] gupt[adj.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . ( x of name x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) then x forget[inf.m.pl.,o.] of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] that you incognito maharathi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

520Nepal: (Nepal has been forgotten.)The significance of forgetting Nepal is that you are the incognito maharathis.

367छिपे हुए रूस्तम हो . chhipē huē rūstam hō . chhipnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chhipnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] rūstam[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (secretly[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|secretly[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] powerful (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

521You are the secret agents.

368नेपाल तो बापदादा को सदा प्यारा है . nēpāl tō bāpdādā kō sadā pyārā hai . nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] sadā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x then BapDada to constantly loving be[pres.sg.23] .

522Nepal is constantly loved by BapDada.

369क्योंकि नेपाल में गवर्नमेंट की सेवा सहज और अच्छी है भी और होती भी रहेगी . kyōṅki nēpāl mē̃ government key|kī sēvā sahaj aur achchhī hai bhī aur hōtī bhī rahēgī . kyōṅki nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] government key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sahaj[adj.] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] aur hōnā[pres-part.f.] bhī[p.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] . because x in government (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service easy and achcha be[pres.sg.23] too and be[pres-part.f.] too remain[fut.f.sg.23] .

523Serving the government there has been very easy and it has been done well and it will continue to be so. 524Eventually, the king of Nepal also has to come here.

370आखिर नेपाल का राजा भी आना ही है . ākhir nēpāl kā rājā bhī ānā hī hai . ākhir nēpāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|ānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . at last x of king too (x|come[inf.m.sg.d.]) only be[pres.sg.23] .

525Achcha. 526You are doing good service. 527Those from Nepal, raise your hand. 528Very good.

371अच्छा , सेवा अच्छी है . achchhā , sēvā achchhī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha , service achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

529Achcha, the teachers of Nepal, standup.

372हिम्मत वाली टीचर्स हैं . himmat vālī teachers haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage those who teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

530You teachers are very courageous.

373इसने ( राज बहन ने ) नया जन्म लेकर सेवा का सबूत दिया . isnē ( rāj bahan nē ) nayā janm lēkar sēvā kā sabūt diyā . yah[pn.sg.nē] ( rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] ) nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] lēnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this[.nē] ( x x ∅ ) new (life|be born[root]) take[abs.] service of x give[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

531(Rajben) You took a new birth and gave the proof in service. 532Give Sheila special love from Baba.

374शीला को भी खास याद देना . śīlā kō bhī khās yād dēnā . x kō[postp.] bhī[p.] khās yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x to too x remembrance give[inf.m.sg.d.] .

533Give Sheila special love.

375अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

534Achcha.

376चारों ओर के पद्मगुणा प्रेम स्वरूप आत्माओं को , सदा स्वयं को निर्विकल्प बनाने वाले विशेष आत्माओं को , सदा बाप और निर्विघ्न सेवा वे लगन में मग्न रहने वाली आत्माओं को , सदा बाप के स्नेह में न्योछावर होने वाले सभी आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद-प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē padmaguṇā prēm svarūp ātmāō̃ kō , sadā svayã kō nirvikalp banānē vālē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā bāp aur nirvighna sēvā vē|way lagan mē̃ magna rahnē vālī ātmāō̃ kō , sadā bāp K|kē snēh mē̃ nyōchhāvar hōnē vālē sabhī ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād-pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padamguṇā prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā svayã kō[postp.] nirvikalp[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirvighna[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.pl.d.]|way lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] magna[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nyōchhāvar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (K|of) multimillion-fold love form soul to , constantly x to free from all sinful thoughts create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who special soul to , constantly father and free from obstacles service (that|x) love in absorbed remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul to , constantly father (K|of) love in gift be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all soul to BapDada of love, remembrance and x .

535To the souls in all directions who are the embodiment of multimillion­fold love; to the special souls who constantly make themselves free from all obstacles; to those souls who constantly keep themselves absorbed in the love of the Father and are doing service that is free from obstacles; to all the souls who constantly surrender themselves out of love for the Father, BapDada's love, remembrance and namaste.

377अच्छा  ! achchhā  ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]  ! achcha  !

536It is good.

378सब खुश  ! sab khuśh  ! sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.]  ! all happy  !

537This is a lucky family.

379कोई नाराज़ तो नहीं हुआ - मैं नहीं मिला  ? kōī nārāz tō nahī̃ huā - maĩ nahī̃ milā  ? kōī[pn.;d.] nārāz[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - maĩ[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? some upset then not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] - I not (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ?

538The entire family has come. 539It is good.

380राज़ को जानने वाले कभी नाराज़ नहीं होते . rāz kō jānnē vālē kabhī nārāz nahī̃ hōtē . rāz[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] nārāz[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . secret to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who ever upset not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

540But each one's name cannot be mentioned personally and it isn't that if this family is called a lucky family, the other family isn't; it is not like that. 541Each one is lucky, but if each one's name were to be mentioned, that would become the whole murli. 542Therefore, Baba says it to one or two instruments who may be engaged in service at present, and so because Baba's vision fell on them, He mentioned their names. 543But it isn't that that family is a lucky family and the other families are not.

381दादियों सेdādiyō̃ sēdādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]Dadi from

544It is not like that.

382देखो आप आदि रत्नों में सभी का प्यार के साथ-साथ शुद्ध मोह बढ़ता जाता है . dēkhō āp ādi ratnō̃ mē̃ sabhī kā pyār K|kē sāth-sāth śhuddha mōh baṛhtā jātā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāth-sāth śhuddh[x] mōh[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you etc. jewel in all of love (K|of) x pure attachment grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] .

545All of you are first and then this one. 546It is just that BapDada cannot mention so many names.

383सभी देखते हैं कि आदि रत्न ठीक हैं तो सब ठीक हैं . sabhī dēkhtē haĩ ki ādi ratna ṭhīk haĩ tō sab ṭhīk haĩ . sab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that etc. jewel OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] then all OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

547But each one of you is included in that. 548Do you understand?

384तो आप लोगों में सबका शुद्ध मोह बढ़ गया है . tō āp lōgō̃ mē̃ sabkā śhuddha mōh baṛh gayā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhuddh[x] mōh[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then you people in everyone's pure attachment grow[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

549You do not think that your name was not mentioned, do you?

385बापदादा इन दोनों ( चन्द्रमणी दादी , रतनमोहनी दादी ) के ऊपर भी खुश हैं . bāpdādā in dōnō̃ ( chandramaṇī dādī , ratanamōhanī dādī ) kē ūpar bhī khuśh haĩ . bāpdādā yah[pn.pl.o.]|in dōnō̃ ( chandramaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , x dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) kē ūpar[x] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada (this|in) x ( Chandermani Dadi , x Dadi ) over too happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

550The names of all of you are written on BapDada's heart with such an ink that they can never be erased.

386ज्ञान सरोवर की जिम्मेवारी सभांली है . gyān sarōvar key|kī jimmēvārī sabhā̃lī hai . gyān sarōvar[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Gyan Sarovar (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) responsibility x be[pres.sg.23] . 387जिम्मेवारी तो क्या , खेल है . jimmēvārī tō kyā , khēl hai . zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō kyā , khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . responsibility then what , (play[root]|play) be[pres.sg.23] . 388भारीपन है क्या  ? bhārīpan hai kyā  ? bhārīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? heaviness be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

551Are the teachers O.K.? 552Special remembrance to those sitting at the back, because you are sitting at the back having had renunciation.

389खेल हल्का होता है ना  ? khēl halkā hōtā hai nā  ? khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? (play[root]|play) light be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

553Those from Madhuban are seated in the heart anyway.

390तो जिम्मेवारी क्या है  ? tō jimmēvārī kyā hai  ? tō zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? then responsibility what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

554Achcha, are all of you happy?

391खेल है . khēl hai . khēlnā[root]|khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (play[root]|play) be[pres.sg.23] . 392तो बापदादा खुश है कि समय पर सहयोगी बने हैं और आदि से सहयोगी रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā khuśh hai ki samay par sahyōgī banē haĩ aur ādi sē sahyōgī rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] that time (at|other) co-operative become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and etc. from co-operative remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

555None of you are upset that you didn't meet Baba, are you? 556Those who understand the significance can never get upset.

393आदि से हाँ जी करने वाले हैं - यही साकार बाप का आप सबको विशेष वरदान है . ādi sē hā̃ jī karnē vālē haĩ - yahī sākār bāp kā āp sabkō viśhēṣh vardān hai . ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] hā̃ jī[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - yahī[pn.;d.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . etc. from yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] - this sakar father of you everything special blessing be[pres.sg.23] .

557Speaking to the Dadis:Look, the love for you original jewels as well as their pure attachment for you is increasing in everyone.

394ब्रह्मा बाबा को ‘ ना ’ शब्द कभी अच्छा नहीं लगता . brahmā bābā kō ‘ nā ’ śhabda kabhī achchhā nahī̃ lagtā . brahmā bābā[x] kō[postp.] ‘ nā ’ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . x to ‘ ∅ ’ word ever achcha not x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

558When they see that the original jewels are all right, they all become all right.

395ये तो मालूम है , अनुभवी हैं . yē tō mālūm hai , anubhavī haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō mālūm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this then x be[pres.sg.23] , experienced be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

559Everyone's pure attachment for you has increased.

396 ( ईशू बहन से ) इसने आदि से अब तक बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजाया है . ( Īśhū bahan sē ) isnē ādi sē ab tak bahut achchhā part bajāyā hai . ( Īśhū[n.f.;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.nē] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ab[adv.] tak bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( Ishu x from ) this[.nē] etc. from now until very achcha play one's part .

560BapDada is very happy with these two (Dadi Chandermani and Dadi Ratanmohini).

397और आपकी ( दादी की ) तो विशेष सहयोगी है . aur āpkī ( dādī key|kī ) tō viśhēṣh sahyōgī hai . aur āp[pn.pl.kī] ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ) tō viśhēṣh[adj.] sahyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and you[.kī] ( Dadi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ) then special co-operative be[pres.sg.23] .

561The responsibility for Gyan Sarovar is not a responsibility, but it is a game.

398कोई भी बात में सुनने-सुनाने वाली बहुत अच्छी है क्योंकि गम्भीर रहती है . kōī bhī bāt mē̃ sunanē-sunānē vālī bahut achchhī hai kyōṅki gambhīr rahtī hai . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki gambhīr[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . anyone matter in x those who very achcha be[pres.sg.23] because serious remain[pres.sg.f.23] .

562Is there any heaviness? 563After all, what is a game? 564A game is something very light, is it not?

399ये गम्भीरता का गुण बहुत आगे बढ़ाता है . yē gambhīrtā kā guṇ bahut āgē baṛhātā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut āgē baṛhānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this maturity of virtue very previously increase[pres.sg.m.23] .

565So what is responsibility? 566Just a game.

400कोई भी बात बोल दी ना , समझो अच्छा किया और बोल दिया तो आधा खत्म हो जाता है , आधा फल खत्म हो गया , आधा जमा हो गया . kōī bhī bāt bōl dī nā , samjhō achchhā kiyā aur bōl diyā tō ādhā khatm hō jātā hai , ādhā phal khatm hō gayā , ādhā jamā hō gayā . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[past-part.f..root+dēnā] nā , samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bōlnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] tō ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamnā[x] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . anyone matter speak[past-part.f..root+dēnā] ∅ , understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] and speak[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] then half finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , half fruit finished be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , half x[x] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

567So BapDada is very happy that you have been co­ operative at the right time and you have been co­operative from the beginning. 568From the beginning, you have always said: Ha ji.

401और जो गम्भीर होता है उसका फुल जमा होता है . aur jō gambhīr hōtā hai uskā full jamā hōtā hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] gambhīr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] full jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and that serious be[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kā] full (accumulation|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|make firm[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

569This is the special blessing that you had from sakar Baba.

402कहते हैं ना-देखो जगदम्बा गम्भीर रही , चाहे सेवा स्थूल में आप लोगों से कम की , आप लोग ज्यादा कर रहे हो लेकिन ये गम्भीरता के गुण ने फुल खाता जमा किया है . kahtē haĩ nā-dēkhō jagadambā gambhīr rahī , chāhē sēvā sthūl mē̃ āp lōgō̃ sē cum|kam key|kī , āp lōg jyādā kar rahē hō lēkin yē gambhīrtā K|kē guṇ nē full khātā jamā kiyā hai . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x jagadambā[x] gambhīr[adj.] rahnā[past-part.f.] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthūl[adj.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] full khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x Jagadamba serious remain[past-part.f.] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) service physical in you people from (x|less) (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , you people more do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] but this maturity (K|of) virtue ∅ full (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) accumulate .

570Brahma Baba never used to like the word, "no". 571You all know this and you have experienced it also. 572(Speaking to Ishu Dadi) This one has played a very good part from the beginning until now.

403कट नहीं हुआ है . kaṭ nahī̃ huā hai . kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (x|be cut away[root]) not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

573She is your special co­operative soul.

404कई करते बहुत हैं लेकिन आधा , पौना कट हो जाता है . kaī kartē bahut haĩ lēkin ādhā , paunā kaṭ hō jātā hai . kaī karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . some do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but half , three quarters (x|be cut away[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 405करते हैं , कोई बात हुई तो पूरा कट हो जाता है या थोड़ी बात भी हुई तो पौना कट हो जाता है . kartē haĩ , kōī bāt huī tō pūrā kaṭ hō jātā hai yā thōṛī bāt bhī huī tō paunā kaṭ hō jātā hai . karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō paunā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , some matter be[past-part.f.] then full (x|be cut away[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] or short matter too be[past-part.f.] then three quarters (x|be cut away[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

574She is very good in listening to other people about anything and in relating anything herself, because she always remains very mature. 575The virtue of maturity enables you to move forward a great deal.

406ऐसे ही अपना वर्णन किया तो आधा कट हो जाता है . aisē hī apnā varṇan kiyā tō ādhā kaṭ hō jātā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaṭ[x]|kaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . such only (one’s own|adopt[root]) x do[past-part.m.sg.d.] then half (x|be cut away[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 407बाकी बचा क्या  ? bākī bachā kyā  ? bākī|bākī bachānā[root]|bachnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā  ? (but|others) (save[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) what  ?

576If you let something out, you may think that you have done well in doing so, but in fact, you have halved its benefit.

408तो जब जगदम्बा की विशेषता - जमा का खाता ज्यादा है . tō jab jagadambā key|kī viśhēṣhtā - jamā kā khātā jyādā hai . tō jab jagadambā[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] - jamā kā khātā[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then when Jagadamba (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality - saving account more be[pres.sg.23] .

577You have halved its fruit and only accumulated half the benefit.

409गम्भीरता की देवी है . gambhīrtā key|kī dēvī hai . gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . maturity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) goddess be[pres.sg.23] .

578Those who are very mature accumulate fully.

410ऐसे और सभी को गम्भीर होना चाहिए , चाहे मधुबन में रहते हैं , चाहे सेवाकेन्द्र में रहते हैं लेकिन बापदादा सभी को कहते हैं कि गम्भीरता से अपनी मार्क्स इकट्ठी करो , वर्णन करने से खत्म हो जाती हैं . aisē aur sabhī kō gambhīr hōnā chāhiē , chāhē madhuban mē̃ rahtē haĩ , chāhē sēvākēndra mē̃ rahtē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā sabhī kō kahtē haĩ ki gambhīrtā sē apnī marks ikaṭṭhī karō , varṇan karnē sē khatm hō jātī haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] gambhīr[adj.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] mark ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . such and all to serious (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) Madhuban in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) centre in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada all to say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that maturity from one’s own mark together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from finished be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .

579It is said: Mother Jagadamba remained very mature, even if she did less physical service than all of you. 580All of you are doing a lot of service, but the virtue of maturity enabled Jagadamba to accumulate in her account fully. 581She did not lose any of it. 582Many people do a lot, but they lose half or three­quarters of the benefit from it.

411चाहे अच्छा वर्णन करते हो , चाहे बुरा . chāhē achchhā varṇan kartē hō , chāhē burā . chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , chāhē|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) achcha x do[pres.pl.m.2] , (whether|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) bad .

583You do do something, but when something happens, you either lose all its benefit, or, if something minor happens, you lose three­quarters of the benefit from it. 584In the same way, if you speak about something of your own self, you lose half the benefit; so what remains? 585So, since the speciality of Jagadamba is to accumulate in the account by being a goddess of maturity, in the same way, all of you should be very mature, whether you are living in Madhuban or in your centre. 586BapDada is telling everyone to accumulate your marks through maturity, because by speaking about anything, you finish off all the benefit, no matter whether you are speaking of something good or bad.

412अच्छा अपना अभिमान और बुरा किसका अपमान कराता है . achchhā apnā abhimān aur burā kiskā apmān karātā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur burā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] . achcha (one’s own|adopt[root]) arrogance and bad who[.kā] disrespect make commit[pres.sg.m.23] .

587If you speak of something good, that is arrogance, and if you speak of something bad, whom are you insulting?

413तो हर एक गम्भीरता की देवी और गम्भीरता का देवता दिखाई दे . tō har ēk gambhīrtā key|kī dēvī aur gambhīrtā kā dēvtā dikhāī dē . tō har ēk[x] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dēvī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] . then each one maturity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) goddess and maturity of deity be visible .

588Each one should be visible as a god or goddess of maturity.

414अभी गम्भीरता की बहुत-बहुत आवश्यकता है . abhī gambhīrtā key|kī bahut-bahut āvaśhyaktā hai . ab[adv.hī] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bahut āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now maturity (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) very need be[pres.sg.23] .

589There is a great need for maturity at present.

415अभी बोलने की आदत बहुत हो गई है क्योंकि भाषण करते हैं ना तो जो भी आयेगा वो बोल देंगे . abhī bōlnē key|kī ādat bahut hō gaī hai kyōṅki bhāṣhaṇ kartē haĩ nā tō jō bhī āyēgā vō bōl dēgē . ab[adv.hī] bōlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ādat[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] kyōṅki bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . now speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) habit very be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] because lecture do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then that too come[fut.m.sg.23] that speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

590What happens is that you give lectures and so you have developed the habit of speaking a great deal, so you would speak whatever enters your mind.

416लेकिन प्रभाव जितना गम्भीरता का पड़ता है इतना वाणी का नहीं पड़ता . lēkin prabhāv jitnā gambhīrtā kā paṛtā hai itnā vāṇī kā nahī̃ paṛtā . lēkin prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gambhīrtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . but x the more maturity of fall[pres.sg.m.23] such words of not fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

591However, the impact you create through maturity cannot be created through words.

417अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 418 ( बापदादा को गुलदस्ते भेंट किये ) – ( bāpdādā kō guladastē bhēṇṭ kiyē ) – ( bāpdādā kō[postp.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bhēṇṭ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) – ( BapDada to bouquet x do[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) –419ये गुलदस्ते तो क्या हैं , आप एक-एक रूहानी गुलाब सबसे प्यारे हो . yē guladastē tō kyā haĩ , āp ēk-ēk rūhānī gulāb sabsē pyārē hō . yah[pn.pl.d.] guldastā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] rūhānī[adj.] gulāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabsē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this bouquet then what be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you one spiritual rose the most loving (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

592(BapDada was presented with a bouquet of flowers): What is this bouquet, since each of you is a spiritual rose, the most loved of all.

420 ( प्रसिद्ध गायक ओमव्यास जी ने नये गीतों की कैसेट का विमोचन बाबा से कराया ) - अच्छा है , ड्रामा ने निमित्त बनाया है और निमित्त बनना ही भाग्य की निशानी है . ( prasiddh gāyak ōmavyās jī nē nayē gītō̃ key|kī cassette kā vimōcan bābā sē karāyā ) - achchhā hai , drama nē nimitt banāyā hai aur nimitt bannā hī bhāgya key|kī niśhānī hai . ( prasiddh[adj.] x x jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] nē[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gīt[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] cassette kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bābā sē[postp.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) - achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , drama nē[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( x x x (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) ∅ new x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x of x Baba from make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) - achcha be[pres.sg.23] , drama ∅ instrument create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and instrument become[inf.m.sg.d.] only x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) sign be[pres.sg.23] .

593Baba inaugurated a cassette of the new songs (prepared by Om Vyas). 594It is good that you have become an instrument. 595Drama has made you an instrument. 596And to become an instrument is a sign of fortune.

421तो भाग्य बना रहे हो और बनाते ही रहेंगे . tō bhāgya banā rahē hō aur banātē hī rahē̃gē . tō bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] aur banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then x create[pres.pl.m.prog.2] and create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

597You are creating your own fortune and will continue to create it. 598Achcha.

422अच्छा-ओम् शान्ति . acchā-ōm śhānti . x śhānti . x peace .

599* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

पठन उपकरणों पर लौटें

डाउनलोड और संदर्भ